CS-400 Service Manual REV.2018-11 PDF

Forward
Please read and understand the service manual carefully to ensure correct maintenance of the
Analyzer.
After reading, please keep the service manual properly and place it at an accessible position for
lookup at any time.
Product name: Auto-Chemistry Analyzer
Model: CS-300A , CS-300B, CS-380, CS-400, CS-400A , CS-400B, CS-400C, CS-600A,
CS-600B, CS-620.
Version No.: REV.2018-11.
Intellectual Property
Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Dirui Company) reserves the intellectual
property of the service manual and related products.
© 2017 All rights reserved
Without the written approval of Dirui Company, any individuals or organizations shall not copy,
alter or translate any parts of the manual.
Statement
Dirui Company has the final interpretation right of the manual.

Dirui Company declares that it will be responsible for the safety, reliability and performances
of the product only if all following requirements are met.
(1) The assembly, readjustment, improvement and repair of the Analyzer are undertaken by
personnel approved by Dirui Company.
(2) Relevant electrical equipment complies with national standards.
(3) Product repair is carried out according to the service manual.
Repair Services
Charge-free services:
Products within the scope of warranty of Dirui Company can enjoy charge-free services.
Chargeable services:
(1) Services for products beyond the range of the warranty of Dirui Company.
(2) Repair of products caused by following factors, even within the warranty period.
Artificial damages, improper use, network voltage beyond the regulated range, irresistible
natural disasters, accessories or consumables not approved by Dirui Company, or repair of the
product by personnel not authorized by Dirui Company.
Change/ Refund
Please follow steps below for change/ refund from Dirui Company.
(1) Get the right of change/ refund: Contact the after-sales service personnel of Dirui Company,
inform the serial number of the product, indicate the product model and describe the reason of
refund in brief.
(2) Transportation expense: The user shall bear the transportation expenses (including customs
fees) to Dirui Company.
After-sales Service Unit
After-sales Service Unit: Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd.

Address: 3333 Yiju Road, New & High Tech. Development Zone, Changchun, Post Code:
130103
International Customer Service Hotline: +86 400 808 7597
International Customer Service E-mail: service@dirui.com.cn
Domestic Customer Service Hotline: 400 811 6695 400 811 6605
Domestic Fax: 0431-85100405
Domestic Customer Service E-mail: service.ch@dirui.com.cn
Reader
The readers of the service manual are Dirui Company and the maintenance personnel
authorized by Dirui Company.
Symbols
Table 1 Symbols of Analyzer, reagent, quality control object or calibrator
Symbol Meaning
Biological hazards which warn the operator of biological infectivity.
AC
Medical apparatus and instruments for in vitro diagnosis
Lot No.
Service life
Serial number
Manufacturing date
Manufacturer
Attention, refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions
Classification no.
Protective grounding
On (power)
Off (power)
The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic
equipment) should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal
of electronic products.
Table 2 Symbols used in manual
Symbols Meaning
Please refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions
It warns the operator to operate according to the description of the symbols, or biological
infection may be caused.
Safety Precautions
● If the hospital or organization in charge of the instrument can not formulate a satisfactory
maintenance/ repair plan, the instrument may not operate normally and personal health may
be affected.
● Combustible gas (such as anesthetic) or combustible liquid (such as ethyl alcohol) shall not
be used near the product to prevent explosion.
● Power supply shall be cut off when the product is repaired. If you service the equipment
while it is powered, you risk electric shock and electric component damage.
● Please connect the Analyzer to a socket with an independent fuse and protective switch. If
the Analyzer shares a fuse and protective switch with other equipment (such as life support
equipment), trip may occur in case of a fault, over current or impact current at the moment of
startup.
● The clothes, hair and hands of the repair personnel shall be away from moving components
such as sample-aspirating probe to prevent pinching or piercing.
● As the part with warning signs may have mechanical action, human body injuries such as
pinching and stabbing may be caused in normal operation, disassembly or maintenance.
● The operator is obligated to follow national and local regulations on discharge and
treatment of expired reagent, waste liquid, waste sample and consumables.
● The reagent will irritate eyes, skin and mucosa. The operator shall abide by laboratory
operation safety regulations and wear personal protective appliances (such as laboratory
clothes and gloves) when touching reagent related articles in the laboratory.
● Once the reagent come into contact with skin, use a large amount of water to flush the skin,
or send the injured to a doctor if necessary. Once the reagent contacts with eyes, use a large
amount of water to flush the eyes and send the injured to a doctor.
● The Analyzer shall be used by professional medical examination personnel or trained

doctors, nurses or testers.
● The samples, quality control objects, calibration objects and waste liquid have potential
biological infectivity. The repair person shall abide by laboratory operation safety regulations
and wear personal protective appliances (such as laboratory clothes and gloves) when
touching and handling relevant articles in the laboratory.
● As all components and surface of the Analyzer have potential infectivity, safety protection
measures shall be taken in operation and maintenance.
● Do not touch the tip of the sample-aspirating probe as the tip is sharp and it may have blood
sample, quality control object and calibration object that have potential biological infectivity.
Contents
Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer .............................................................................................. 1
1.1 System overview ........................................................................................................................................ 1
1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer ........................................................................................... 1
1.3 Working principle of the Analyzer ......................................................................................................... 3
Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation ....................................................................................................... 4
2.1 Installation requirements ........................................................................................................................... 4
2.2 Unpacking ................................................................................................................................................... 5
2.3 Installation process ..................................................................................................................................... 6
2.4 Accessory devices ...................................................................................................................................... 21
Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules ........................................................................................ 25
3.1 Sample/ reagent probe unit ...................................................................................................................... 25
3.2 Disk and driving mechanism unit ........................................................................................................... 26
3.3 Reagent refrigeration chamber module.................................................................................................. 28
3.4 Sample bin module ................................................................................................................................... 28
3.5 Reaction disk unit ..................................................................................................................................... 29
3.6 Mixing unit ................................................................................................................................................ 30
3.7 Cuvette rinsing mechanism...................................................................................................................... 31
3.8 Refrigeration system unit ......................................................................................................................... 32
3.9 Plastic water tank unit ............................................................................................................................. 33
3.10 Gear pump 2 assembly ........................................................................................................................... 34
3.11 Syringe pump assembly.......................................................................................................................... 35
3.12 Optical assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 36
3.13 ISE unit (optional) .................................................................................................................................. 37
Chapter 4 Integral fluid circuit and gas circuit ............................................................................ 38
4.1 Introductions to fluid circuit system functions ...................................................................................... 38
4.2 Schematic diagram for integral fluid circuit and gas circuit ................................................................ 38
Chapter 5 Circuit of the Analyzer .................................................................................................. 40
5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer ............................................................................................. 40
5.2 Functions of circuit boards ...................................................................................................................... 40
5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards ........................................................................................... 42
Chapter 6 Components replacement and commissioning ............................................................ 52
6.1 Components replacement......................................................................................................................... 52
6.2 Components adjustment .......................................................................................................................... 71
Chapter 7 Maintenance ................................................................................................................... 79
7.1 System maintenance preparation ............................................................................................................ 79
7.2 The Application of System Maintenance Menu ..................................................................................... 80
I
7.3 Parts and Locations for Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 88
7.4 Maintenance Method................................................................................................................................ 90
7.5 ISE device maintenance ......................................................................................................................... 112
7.6 Scraped Analyzer Disposal .................................................................................................................. 117
Chapter 8 Fault analysis ................................................................................................................ 118
8.1 Fault code list .......................................................................................................................................... 118
8.2 Causes for fault with code and analysis ................................................................................................ 118
8.3 Codeless fault causes and analysis......................................................................................................... 163
Chapter 9 List of Spare Parts ....................................................................................................... 168
9.1 List of Easily-worn Parts and Consumables ........................................................................................ 168
9.1.1 List of Easily-worn Parts ........................................................................................................................................ 168
9.1.2 List of Consumables ............................................................................................................................................... 168
9.2 Maintenance Case Spare Parts List ...................................................................................................... 168
9.2.1 CS-300B Maintenance Case Spare Parts List ......................................................................................................... 168
9.2.2 CS-400/600 Maintenance Case Spare Parts List .................................................................................................... 171
9.3 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts ..................................................................................................... 173
9.3.1 List of Assembly Spare Parts ................................................................................................................................. 173
9.3.2 List of PCB & Switch Power Spare Parts ............................................................................................................... 173
9.3.3 List of Sensor Spare Parts ...................................................................................................................................... 174
9.3.4 List of Pump Spare Parts ........................................................................................................................................ 175
9.3.5 List of Motor Spare Parts ....................................................................................................................................... 175
9.3.6 List of Heating Rod Spare Parts ............................................................................................................................. 175
9.3.7 List of Pipeline System Function Spare Parts ......................................................................................................... 175
9.3.8 List of Solenoid Valve Spare Parts ......................................................................................................................... 176
9.3.9 Other Spare Parts List .............................................................................................................................................. 177
9.4 Unit Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List .................................................................................... 178
9.4.1 Optical unit ............................................................................................................................................................. 178
9.4.2 Sample probe mechanism ....................................................................................................................................... 180
9.4.3 Reagent probe mechanism ...................................................................................................................................... 186
9.4.4 Mixing mechanism ................................................................................................................................................. 198
9.4.5 Reaction disk and drive mechanism ....................................................................................................................... 202
9.4.6 Cuvette rinsing mechanism .................................................................................................................................... 208
9.4.7 Sample disk and drive mechanism ......................................................................................................................... 214
9.4.8 Reagent disk and drive mechanism ........................................................................................................................ 222
9.4.9 Valve frame assembly ............................................................................................................................................ 232
9.4.10 Cooling unit .......................................................................................................................................................... 240
9.4.11 Plastic water tank assembly .................................................................................................................................. 246
9.4.12 Gear two-pump assembly ..................................................................................................................................... 250
9.4.13 Syringe pump assembly ....................................................................................................................................... 252
9.4.14 Cover assembly .................................................................................................................................................... 258
9.4.15 ISE unit ................................................................................................................................................................ 274
9.4.16 Other parts ............................................................................................................................................................ 308
II
9.5 Tubing Connection Diagram and Spare Parts Code List ................................................................. 318
9.5.1 ISE Unit Tubing Connection Diagram and Spare Parts Code List ......................................................................... 318
9.5.2 Overall Pipeline Diagram and Spare Part Codes List ............................................................................................. 322
9.6 Accessories Case Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List ............................................................... 332
9.6.1 Accessories case ..................................................................................................................................................... 332
9.6.2 Spare parts kit ......................................................................................................................................................... 342
Chapter 10 Manual Revision and Change Record ..................................................................... 344
III
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer
Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer
1.1 System overview

The Auto-Chemistry Analyzer is composed of Analyzing module and Operation unit. The Analyzer has
functions including automatic sample dispensing, reagent dispensing, interference shielding, mixing, preheating,
reaction monitoring, rinsing and results calculation, display and printing. It fully imitates and substitutes manual
operation, which not only improves work efficiency, but also reduces test error and improves the accuracy and
precision of test results.
Scope of application: Testing of regular biochemical items such as liver function, renal function, electrolytic
metabolism, blood glucose, blood fat, myocardial enzyme and immunity.
1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer

1.2.1 Front view (without shield) of the Analyzer
Fig. 1-2-1 Front view of the Analyzer
No. Name No. Name

1 Top cover 4 Rack assembly
2 Syringe pump unit 5 Switch power supply assembly
3 Detergent box assembly 6 Circuit board box assembly
1
1.2.2 Rear view (without shield) of the Analyzer
Fig. 1-2-2 Rear view of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name
1 Refrigerating fan assembly 4 Vacuum pump unit
2 Rear shield 5 Water inlet
3 Power interface 6 Gear pump pressure gauge
1.2.3 System composition of the Analyzer
Fig. 1-2-3 Components of the Analyzer
2
No. Name No. Name

1 Sample dispensing mechanism 7 Reagent barcode reader assembly
2 Rinsing mechanism 8 R2 reagent dispensing mechanism
3 Light source assembly 9 Incubation bath water circulating tank
4 Mixing mechanism 10 Sample barcode reader assembly
5 R1 reagent dispensing mechanism 11 Sample bin unit
6 Reagent cold bin 12 Reaction disk
1.3 Working principle of the Analyzer

1.3.1 Analytic flow
The analytic flow of Analyzer is show in table 1-3-1:
Table 1-3-1 Analytic procedure
Note:
Take 15-minute reaction time for example.
1.3.2 Photometric Features

This analyzer adopts the whole reaction monitoring system, which intermittently measures the absorbance of
reaction solution for a reaction time of 15 minutes.
The reaction disk rotates 1 turn plus 2 pitches in about 18 seconds and during this time the absorbance is
measured for all of 120 reaction cuvettes which go across the optical axis of the photometer. For each reaction
cuvette, measurement is made10 times in a reaction time of about 3 minutes. 13 times measurement is made
during 4 minutes (13 photo metric point.). 16 times measurement is made during 5 minutes (16 photo metric
point33 times measurement is made during 10 minutes (33 photo metric point.) .49 times measurement is made
during 15 minutes (49 photo metric point). The white light emitted from the light source lamp is focalized by the
lens, and passes the reaction cuvette for photometry. Each wavelength after being split is simultaneously received
on the 12 fixed photoelectric detectors and amplified by the respective 12 amplifiers. Finally, the absorbencies and
absorbance change rate are calculated. In dual-wavelength photometry, concentration is measured by the
difference in the absorbance and absorbance change rate between the main wavelength and second wavelength.
Because of that, dual-wavelength photometry not only compensates for lipemia, hemolysis and icterus testing, but
also for the impacts resulting from voltage fluctuation. In this way, the measured values are more accurate and
stable.
3
Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation
Only authorized technicians from Dirui can install the analyzer and software.
2.1 Installation Requirements
The analyzer should be installed in a place meeting the following conditions; otherwise the
performance cannot be guaranteed.
2.1.1 Space Requirements

The installation and use of the analyzer should meet the following requirements
(Dimensions:(mm)1060*790*1150(L×W×H)):
At least
500
Operation
Analytic Part Part
At least
1000
At least At least
500 Unit: mm 500
Figure 2-1-1 Installation Space
Do not install the analyzer at the place where the power-cut device is far away.
2.1.2 Environmental Requirements

(1)Ambient temperature: 15℃~32℃.
(2)Relative humidity: 30%~75%.
(3)Atmospheric pressure: 75kPa~106kPa.
(4)The analyzer should be placed in a well-ventilated room without dust, mechanical vibration,
noise sources and power interference.
(5)Do not put the analyzer in the vicinity of brush motors, flicker fluorescent tubes and other
constant on-off electrical equipment.
(6)Avoid direct sunlight; do not put the analyzer in front of heat sources and wind sources.
(7)The maximum volume at the distance of 1 meter around the equipment shall be 70dB during
normal work.
(8)The ground should be flat, and with intensity, such as cement and tiles, which can bear more
than 300kg. (The analyzer cannot be disassembled to several discrete parts, not displaying the total
weight of main component.)
4
● If the temperature and humidity cannot meet the above requirements, use air-conditioner.
● During work, heat will be generated and discharged from the rear of the analyzer. The
working environment should be well ventilated. Utilize ventilating device if necessary. Avoid
direct flow towards the analyzer. Otherwise, the accuracy will be affected.
2.1.3 Power Requirements

(1)Power supply: 220/230V~ 50/60Hz.
(2)Rated power: 2000VA.
(3)Main switch circuit breaker: 250V 20A
(4)For reliable analysis, there should be one at least 20A switchboard for the analyzer. Three 5A
sockets for the display, main case, and printer. Electrical equipment with heavy loads, like
air-conditioners, refrigerators, and ovens, should not share the same socket.
● The power supply should be safely grounded. Incorrect grounding may cause electric
shock and system damage.
● The input voltage of the analyzer should be up to standard. It’s suggested the hospitals
make 6kVA online UPS power supply themselves.
2.1.4 Purified water equipment

The peak value of the analyzer water consumption is 25L/h. The purified water equipment should
meet the following requirements:
(1)Water should come from the tap water pipe.
(2)Pure water conductivity should be less than 1μs/cm.
(3)Water supply volume should reach 40L/h or more.
(4)The hydraulic pressure should be within 50kPa~200kPa.
For the use/maintenance of the purified water equipment, refer to the instructions, or
consult the seller or manufacturer.
2.2 Unpacking
2.2.1 Unpacking Procedures
Check if there is any physical damage on the pack when analyzer arrives. If so, contact company
or local distributors. If not, open the package according to procedures below:
(1)Make sure that the arrow on the package is up when placing on the ground.
(2)Open the accessory box, check if parts in box are complete according to packing list; if not,
please fill the installation acceptance report, and contact Dirui or local distributors.
(3)Open the mainframe using the tool in the accessory box. Check the package and appearance of
the analyzer, if there is any damage; please fill in the installation acceptance report, contact
company or local distributors.
2.2.2 Transportation Method
(1)If the distance is short and the ground is smooth, you can just push the analyzer to move.
(2)Make sure the analyzer stands upright during transportation.
(3)Avoid vibration during transportation.
5
2.3 Installation Procedure

2.3.1 Analyzer installation
(1)Place the analyzer in a proper position. Adjust the analyzer to a horizontal level. Open the left
and right front cover plate of the analyzer. Check whether the connecting line of the syringe pump
is loose.
(2)Fix the reagent probe and sample probe. Check whether the reagent probe and sample probe
can move up and down smoothly.
(3)Add 500mL pure water into the incubation bath. Install the reaction cuvettes.
(4)Open the front door of the analyzer. Add CS-Alkaline Detergent to the detergent box. Place a
reagent bottle (70mL reagent bottle) of CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent in Position 45
of R1 and R2.
(5)Pure water pipeline connection
Use the pure water supply pipe to connect the outlet of the pure water equipment and “pure water
inlet” (No. 5 in Figure 2-3-1) on the right rear cover plate of the analyzer.
Figure 2-3-1
If a booster pump is selected, refer to “Booster Pump Instructions” for the connection of the
pure water machine and analyzer.
(6)Waste liquid pipeline connection
a)Outlet pipeline of concentrated waste: connect one end of the accompanying concentrated
waste pipeline with the concentrated waste liquid outlet connector (7 in Figure 2-3-1) in
analyzer. Then place the other end into the waste liquid collector.
Please dispose of the waste liquid in accordance with local laws and regulations.
b)Outlet pipeline of diluted waste liquid: connect one end of the diluted waste pipeline with the
diluted waste liquid outlet connector (4 in Figure 2-3-1) in analyzer. Then place the other end
into the waste liquid collector or draining system.
The draining system shall meet the local regulations of waste disposing for medical
institutions.
6
c)Concentrated waste liquid level sensor connection: connect one end of the sensor with the
concentrated waste liquid level sensor connector (8 in Figure 2-3-1) on the right rear cover plate
of the analyzer. Then place the other end into the concentrated waste liquid tank.
The waste liquid tank or waste liquid discharge system must be at least 0.5m lower than
analyzer waste liquid outlet.
(7)ISE waste liquid collector (optional) installation
a)Remove the two screws on the right, as the following figure shows:
Screw
Figure 2-3-2
b)Use fixing screws to fix the ISE waste liquid collector onto right side of the rear panel of the
analyzer, as the following figure shows:
ISE waste liquid pipe
Connector
Fixing screw
ISE waste liquid collector
Fixing screw
Waste liquid pipe
Figure 2-3-3
7
c)Insert the ISE waste liquid pipe into the ISE waste liquid collector. The inserted length of the
pipe is about 20mm, as the following figure shows:
20mm
Figure 2-3-4
d)Tighten the connector. Connect the lower waste liquid pipe of the ISE waste liquid collector
to the waste liquid discharge device (waste tank or draining system pipe).
The installed ISE waste liquid pipe should be in the center of the waste liquid collector, not
in contact with the container wall.
(8)ISE electrode (optional) installation
Make sure the electrode storage temperature is within 1℃~51℃.

a)Open the left ISE cover plate of the analytic unit.
b)Unscrew the nut of K, Cl, Na and NaREF on the flow cell (as Figure 2-3-5 shows), and take
out each seal plug and ring. Save the K, Cl, Na, and NaREF nut for the electrode installation of
Cl, K, Na, and NaREF electrode. The seal plugs and rings can be disposed. No other use.
(Refer to Figure 2-3-6 for the removed seal plugs and seals):
If any seal ring on a seal plug falls in the flow cell. Use cotton swabs to take it out (do not use
hard tools to take it out).
1 5
1 K nut, seal plug, and seal ring 2 Cl nut, seal plug, and seal ring 3 Flow cell
4 Na nut, seal plug, and seal ring 5 NaREF nut, seal plug, and seal ring
Figure 2-3-5
8
1 2 3
1 Seal ring 2 Seal plug 3 Nut
Figure 2-3-6
c)The following figure shows the packaging of Cl, K, Na, and NaREF electrode. When
installing the electrodes, pay attention to the letters on the packaging to avoid incorrect
electrode installation.
1 Na electrode packaging (NaREF electrode) 2 Cl electrode packaging

3 K electrode tip packaging 4 K electrode packaging
Figure 2-3-7
d)Install the electrode of CL, K, Na and NaREF(same to Na electrode) onto the flow cell
according to the following steps:
During installation, keep the O-shaped seal ring (No. 4 in Figure 2-3-8) safe.
Open the packaging of K electrode tip, and of K electrode, and take out the electrode and
accessories.
Fix the O-shaped seal ring (4 in Figure 2-3-9) to the K electrode wire. Screw the K
electrode tip (10 in Figure 2-3-9) to the K electrode wire. And then fix the electrode seal ring
(9 in Figure 2-3-9) to the K electrode tip, forming the K electrode (refer to Figure 2-3-9 for
installation).
Use cotton swabs to wipe the liquid in the electrode holes in the flow cell; use cotton swabs
to wipe the liquid on the electrode.
Thread the K electrode through the nut, as Figure 2-3-9 shows. Make sure the electrode
9
seal ring is fixed to the K electrode tip. Screw the mentioned electrode assembly to the flow
cell.
When installing an electrode, use proper strength to tighten the nut with hands.
1 11 4 10 9 8 7
2 3 5 6
Figure 2-3-8
1 11 4 10 9
Figure 2-3-9
1 K nut 2 Cl nut 3 Cl electrode 4 O-shaped seal ring 5 Na electrode 6 Na nut

7 Na nut 8 Na electrode 9 electrode seal ring 10 K electrode tip 11 K electrode wire
According to the above method, fix the Cl electrode, Na electrode, and NaREF electrode to
the flow cell respectively.
e)Connect the other end of the Cl, K, Na and NaREF electrode that has been fixed to the flow
cell to the front amplifier board connectors, as the following figure shows:
10
1 NaREF electrode tip 2 Cl electrode tip 3 K electrode tip 4 Na electrode tip
Figure 2-3-10
Note:
Electrode difference:
● The K electrode tip can be disassembled;
● The surface of the Na electrode is glass;
● The surface of the Cl electrode is metal.
f)Fix the ISE electrode replacement cover plate.
2.3.2 Power cable connection
Before power supply connection, make sure the main switch (circuit breaker) of the analyzer
is “OFF”.
The analyzer is equipped with a three-core power cable; the red wire is the live wire, the blue wire
is the neutral wire, and the yellow green wire is the earth wire. The rated temperature of the
three-core power cable is 70℃.
To realize the reliable connection between the analyzer and the power supply, do not use the
power socket during installation; connect the power cable of the analyzer to the switchboard.
Make sure there is no much distance between the switchboard and the analyzer for the
convenience of cutting off the power once emergency occurs.
Figure 2-3-11
The distance between the switchboard and analyzer should be no more than 3 meters.
11
2.3.3 Peripheral device connection

(1)Install and connect the computer, display, and printer. And check:
a)whether the printer driver is installed;
b)confirm the specifications of the printer paper.
(2)Connect one end of the accompanying communication cable to the “RS-232” port (No. 2 in
Figure 1-3-3) on the left rear cover plate of the analyzer; the other end to the main case serial port
of the computer.
2.3.4 Software Installation and Un-installation
2.3.4.1 Software installation
Put the analyzer application software disk into CD-Rom of the computer, and click “setup.exe”
file. The installation program initializes as Figure 2-3-12 show:
Figure 2-3-12
Select the language for this installation form the drop-down list, click OK, as Figure 2-3-13 and
2-3-14 show:
Figure 2-3-13
12
Figure 2-3-14
Click the “Next” key, the following figure shows:
Figure 2-3-15
If the software installation path needs to be changed, click Browse to select a proper path.
If the system default path is used, click the “Next” key to start software installation as Figure
2-3-16 and 2-3-17 show:
13
Figure 2-3-16
Figure 2-3-17
Click the “Finish” key to complete the installation. After installation, the icon can be shown on the
desktop.
2.3.4.2 Software un-installation
Method 1: To delete the software from the current computer, enter “Add or delete program” in the
control panel, select “Auto-Chemistry Analyzer”, and click the “Delete” key. The following figure
will pop up:
Figure 2-3-18(a)
14
Figure 2-3-18(b)
Click “Next” to finish uninstalling the software.
Figure 2-3-19
Click “Finish” to finish uninstalling the software.

Method 2: Click the “Start” window, and find “Auto-Chemistry Analyzer” from “All programs”.
Click “Uninstall Auto-Chemistry Analyzer”. And finish uninstalling the software according to
Method 1.
2.3.5 Add purified water into water tank of cooling system
(1)Turn off the main power.
(2)Remove the front left cover plate, as the following figure shows:
15
Figure 2-3-20
(3)Place a container in front of the analyzer, and then remove the rubber plugs at the end of hose
173, 17 and 18, then insert the hoses into the container as the figure below shows:
Hose 18
Rubber plug
Hose 17
Hose 173
Figure 2-3-21
(4)Inject purified water into hose 17 with supplied funnel until water flows out from the hose 173,
and then plug the end of hose 173.
(5)Turn on the main power, and then inject purified water into hose 17 until purified water flows
out from hose 18, then plug the ends of hose 17 and hose 18.
(6)Fix the front left cover plate.
16
2.3.6 Gas, Liquid Path Diagram
Figure 2-3-21(a)
2.3.7 System login

Connect the following power supply: pure water machine power supply, computer case power
supply, computer display power supply, printer power supply, general power supply of the
analyzer (lower right near the rear), and the analytic part power supply (upper right).
Then double-click the icon on the desktop, or click “Start”, then find the application
software in “Program” and click it, after that, enter the “User Login” window as Figure 2-3-22 and
2-3-23 show:
17
Figure 2-3-22
Figure 2-3-23
Input the user name and password (analyzer software initial user name: 001; initial password: 001),
and click “Login” to get into the main menu of the software, as Figure 2-3-24 shows.
Figure 2-3-24
18
After successful login, the interface shows the offline state, indicating that the software is not
connected to the analyzer. At this time, the user can browse windows, check alarm information,
and carry out “User Logout” and “Exit”.
The screen will notify login errors when wrong user name and password were input in Figure
2-3-23. See the following figure:
Figure 2-3-25
If the user name and password are input incorrectly for 3 consecutive times, the system will exit
from the program.
All the functional buttons in the main window of the software are explained as follows:
(1)System Online: In the main window of the software, click “ ”. After the connection,
the status bar will display “Standby ...”. At this time, the user could send commands to the
analyzer.
After login, if the analytic system is not or incorrectly connected to the power supply, click
“ ” and the following figure will pop up:
Figure 2-3-26
If the above prompt shows on the screen, connect analytic system with operation system, connect
the power supply of the analytic system. And then carry out the online operation.
(2)Exit system: click “ ” to enter the “Exiting Confirmation” window as Figure 2-3-27
shows:
Figure 2-3-27
Click “Yes” to exit from the software.
19
Only exit from the system in the off-line state. If the analyzer is on-line, click the “Off-line” key
first and then exit from the system.
(3)User Logout: To carry out user switch, click on “ ”. Then the screen is displayed as
Figure 2-3-23 shows.
Input the initial user name and password when first logging in. After login, select “User
information” from the “System Management” window, set the user name, password and
access authority for the next time login.
The analyzer enters standby 20 minutes after power on. (waiting for the stability of power and
temperature) .
2.3.8 Analyzer Debugging
Operate the analyzer in the “System Maintenance” interface according to the following steps:
(1)Exhaust--Syringe Pump Exhaust
Execute syringe exhaust to discharge the air from the pipelines.
(2)Fill Detergent to Exhaust Pipeline
Execute “Fill Detergent to Exhaust Pipeline”. Fill the detergent into the pipeline to discharge the
air from the pipelines.
(3)Reagent Probe Horizontal Check
Check if the reagent probe is above the reaction cuvette, rinsing bath and reagent bottle.
(4)Sample Probe Horizontal Check
Place a standard cup in position 1 of the outer circle, W1 of the middle track, and C8 in the inner
track. Execute the sample probe horizontal check to check if the sample probe is above the
reaction cuvette, rinsing bath and standard cup (outer track, middle track and inner track).
(5)Stirring Rod Horizontal Check
Execute the stirring rod horizontal check to check if it is above the reaction cuvette and rinsing
bath.
(6)Mechanism Operation Check
Execute the mechanism operation check 20 times to check if the sponge of the nozzle rubs against
the reaction cuvette, and if all the mechanisms are working normally.
(7)Rinse ISE and Reaction Cuvettes
Execute cuvette rinsing in the “System Maintenance” window. Rinse ISE matching cuvettes, and
ISE pipeline if ISE is equipped.
(8)Light Intensity Check
Execute the light intensity check, and attach the test results to the acceptance report, the light
intensity values should be no more than 18,000.
(9)Cuvette Blank Test
Execute cuvette blank tests. The cuvette blank values of No.1 reaction cuvette should be no more
than 18,000. The cuvette blank values of No.2~No.120 cuvette should be within -800~800.
(10)ISE Check
Execute ISE checks 50 times in the “System Maintenance” window. The difference between two
neighboring values should be no more than 0.2 unit. The difference between the maximum and
minimum of Na and Cl is no more than 3 units. The difference between the maximum and
minimum of K is no more than 0.2 unit.
(11)Sample probe blockage removal
20
Before leaving the factory, the sample probes have already been rinsed. However, due to the small
inner diameters, the probes may be clogged by dirt during storage. If a “Sample Probe Clogged”
alarm occurs during the above tests, or the water dispensed from the probes are not continuous,
not vertical, and in several flows, the clogged probes need clearing.
2.3.9 Clinical Item Test
Edit chemistry parameters, register reagent information, test rate ALT, end point TP, ALB and
GLU, 2 point rate BUN, and calculate the variance coefficient. Attach the test results to the
Acceptance Report.
2.3.10 Train Medical Personnel
Provide medical personnel with training in operation and maintenance, and keep records in the
Installation Acceptance Report.
2.3.11 Fill out Installation Acceptance Report
Fill out the Installation Acceptance Report in detail, and mail one copy to Dirui or the distributor.
2.4 Accessory Devices

2.4.1 Sample disk barcode reader
2.4.1.1 Scan range of barcode reader
Barcode reader on sample disk is used to identify barcode of 1~50 sample positioned on the outer
track of sample disk.
2.4.1.2 Container requirement
(1)Specification: cuvette: Φ10mm×75mm,Φ10mm×100mm,Φ13mm×75mm,
Φ13mm×100mm(±1 mm),
Standard cup: Φ14mm×37mm(±1 mm)
(2)Orifice of the cuvette should be regular. Deformation and extrusion is not allowed.
2.4.1.3 Barcode requirement
(1)Type: Code bar, code 128, code 39, code 93, 12 of 5, UPC/EAN.
(2)Size: Blankness between start and finish line should within be 3mm when cutting barcode as
Figure 2-4-1 show:
Figure 2-4-1 Blank and length
(3)Digit of different barcode types
Table 2-4-1
Sample barcode type Digit

Code39 5~10
Code93 4~12
21
Code128 5~22
I 2 of 5 4~15
UPC-A 11
UPC-E 6
EAN-8 7
2.4.1.4 Stick requirement

(1)No cockle, no contamination one the label, no line deformity when stick barcode, otherwise the
barcode reader cannot correctly read the barcode.
(2)Stick barcode on correct place:
In order to obtain correct barcode, 15mm~20mm between cuvette bottom and barcode lower line
is required. Make sure barcode is on the outer side of sample disk when place on the test tube rack,
as Figure 2-4-2 show:
Figure 2-4-2
● When the CODE39 is not capitalized, please add “+” before the corresponding capitalized
letters of the ID code displayed on the screen and the report sheet printed after scanning.
● The “ ”, ‘ ’, ( ) are not allowed for the barcode, or it cannot be identified.
2.4.1.5 Barcode reader usage
If “Scan barcodes before sample tests” is set before analysis, when tests begin, the sample disk
will stop rotating at the barcode reader position, and then the barcode reader will read the barcode
according to the set sample position. If the barcode is not identified correctly, the barcode reader
will repeat scanning three times. Sample supplement cannot be done when scanning. It can be
done only after scanning. When LIS is on, sample barcodes cannot be scanned. After sample
supplement, the sample probe finishes the sampling movement. Then the sample disk will turn to
the barcode reader position, and start scanning. After the scanning, the sample disk turns to the
former sampling position, and continue to dispense sample. Scanned information will be shown in
“Sample Register” and “Test Result” menu.
Pre-test barcode scanning can not be conducted after LIS communication is available.
2.4.2 Reagent barcode reader

2.4.2.1 Scanning range
Barcode reader on reagent disk is used for identifying barcode on reagent disk 1 and reagent disk
2.
2.4.2.2 Reagent bottle requirement
Specification: 70mL, 20mL.
2.4.2.3 Operation requirement
(1)Type: Code 128(17 digit).
(2)Size: width within: 12mm~15mm, length within 40mm. As Figure 2-4-1 show.
22
(3)Blankness between start and finish should within be 3mm when cutting barcode as Figure 2-4-1
shows.
2.4.2.4 Stick requirement
(1)Stick the barcode with no cockle, make sure there is no deformity on barcode line.
Contamination is not allowed on label, or barcode cannot be read correctly.
(2)Stick the barcode on the correct place.
Blankness between bottle bottom and barcode should be within 15mm-25mm, thus barcode could
be read correctly.
2.4.2.5 Barcode reader checkup
Carry out “Barcode Scanning” in “Reagent Info.” menu, reagent barcode reader will continually
scan on the two reagent disks twice. If barcode cannot be identified while scanning, barcode
reader will repeat scanning three times.
When checking the reagent barcode reader in “System Maintenance”, the reader will identify the
barcode info. at Position 1 of R1 and R2 disk. And display the scanned results in “System
Maintenance”.
2.4.2.6 Reagent barcode rule
Reagent barcode information can only be read by barcode reader, the information will coupling
with chemistry parameter which stored in analyzer, and this process is called reagent registry
information. Reagent information registration could check reagent position on reagent disk.
The read information could be shown in “reagent information” menu as “disc No.”, “position”,
“reagent name”, “reagent type”, “remaining reagent volume”, “remaining test No.”.
Reagent name: Chemical name of analyze item.
Position: Each reagent disk has 1~45 positions, 1~44 are used for place reagent, and 45 position is
specially used for place CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent.
Regular clearing of the reading window of sample disk and reagent disk barcode reader is
required.
User can prepare with their own barcodes according to circumstances. Rules are as shown in Table
2-4-2.
Table 2-4-2
Barcode Detailed explanation of barcode

Information Barcode range Remark
digit implication
Biochemical reagent item code
0~94
( represent different item name)
Internal Standard Solution for
95 quantitative determination of
electrolyte concentration
Diluent for quantitative
96 determination of electrolyte
1~2 Item name concentration
Reference solution for
97 quantitative determination of
electrolyte concentration
CS-Antibacterial Phosphor-Free
98
Detergent
99 CS-Alkaline Detergent
Bottle 1 20mL
3 specificati
on 2 70mL
23
Barcode Detailed explanation of barcode

Information Barcode range Remark
digit implication
3 100mL
4 500mL
5 2000mL
1 R1
2 R2
3 R3
Reagent
4
type 4 R4
Reagent type reagent should
be 5 if item code is ISE
5 No
reagent or CS Series cleaning
liquid.
0~9 Year
Production
5~9 01~12 Month
date (Lot)
01~31 Day
1 2 weeks
2 1 month
3 3 months
4 6 months
Expiry
10 5 12 months
date
6 18 months
7 2 year
8 3 year
9 5 year
11~14 Bottle code 0001~9999 The XXXXXth bottle

Numeric or alphanumeric
15~17 Parity bit
(automatically generated)
24
Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules
3.1 Sample/ reagent probe unit

3.1.1 Description of functions
The sample probe unit and reagent probe unit include a sample probe, R1 probe and R2 probe, commonly
called three-probe assembly.
The sample probe assembly is provided with a sample probe and it can be used to aspirate sample from a
sample test tube and add sample to a cuvette. The R1 probe and R2 probe assembly is provided with a reagent probe
to aspirate reagent from the reagent bottle and add reagent to a cuvette.
The three-probe assembly has functions including liquid level detection, collision prevention in movement and
sample probe tip blocking detection. Besides, it also has functions including mechanical position limiting and
self-locking in case of power loss.
3.1.2 Structure and composition
2
7 3
6
4
5
Fig. 3-1-1 Structure of sample/ reagent probe

No. Name No. Name
Balancing weight for probe lifting
1 Probe rotary arm 5
and lowering
Guide rod for probe lifting and
2 Synchronous belt 6
lowering
Optocoupler separation blade for
3 Stepper motor for probe rotation 7
probe lifting and lowering
Stepper motor for probe lifting and
4
lowering
.
25
3.2 Disk and driving mechanism unit

The disk and driving mechanism are mainly used to bear the sample bin, reagent bin and reaction disk and drive
their rotation, making the sample, reagent and reaction cuvette rotate to a designated position and finishing the
sampling, mixing and rinsing work.
The sample disk and driving mechanism is composed of a sample bin, disk support and stepper motor. The
reagent disk and driving mechanism is composed of a reagent bin, disk support and stepper motor. The reaction disk
and driving mechanism is composed of a reaction disk, cuvette, incubation bath, reaction disk support and stepper
motor.
R1 reagent disk, R2 reagent disk, sample disk and reaction disk are classified as disk and driving mechanism.
To improve the technological efficiency of product while satisfying the functional and performance requirements,
the support of the four types disk are designed into a same structure. The sole difference between the reagent disk
and sample disk driving mechanism is the code disk.
Fig. 3-2-1 Disk driving mechanism

No. Name No. Name
1 Disk driving motor 5 Belt pulley and code disk
2 Disk rotation support 6 Connecting and fixing column
3 Belt pulley 7 Connecting and fixing board
4 Synchronous belt 8 Disk connecting sleeve
26
Fig. 3-2-2 Code disk of reagent disk

No. Name No. Name
1 Synchronous code disk 3 Original point optocoupler
2 Position optocoupler
Fig. 3-2-3 Synchronous code disk of sample disk/ quality control disk
No. Name No. Name
1 Position optocoupler 3 Original point separation blade
2 Position optocoupler 4 Original point optocoupler
27
3.3 Reagent refrigeration chamber module

R1 and R2 reagent disks with refrigeration function apply semiconductor for refrigeration and the temperature
is maintained at 5℃ ~ 15℃.Each reagent disk has 45 reagent positions (CS-anti-bacterial and phosphor-free
detergent is placed at a fixed position of No.45 position).
Fig. 3-3-1 Structure of reagent refrigeration chamber

No. Name No. Name
1 Reagent refrigeration chamber 3 Foam chamber
2 Reagent disk driving mechanism unit 4 Barcode reader observation window
3.4 Sample bin module

Sample bin is used to load test sample. The sample racks in sample bin are arranged in inner and outer circles.
A bar code reader is provided outside the sample bin to scan the barcode on test tube in outer circle of sample bin.
28
Fig. 3-4-1 Structure of sample refrigeration chamber

No. Name No. Name
Scanning window of sample bar code
1 3 Connecting and fixing board
reader in outer circle
2 Sample refrigeration chamber 4 Sample disk driving mechanism
3.5 Reaction disk unit

The cuvette unit is mainly used to support the fixed cuvette and drive the rotary movement of cuvette in
incubation bath.
The reaction disk unit is composed of a reaction disk driving mechanism, an incubation bath, a reaction disk, a
cuvette and an optical system. As the cuvette has high requirements on position accuracy, the reaction disk driving
mechanism applies gear drive.
29
Fig. 3-5-1 Structure of cuvette

No. Name No. Name
1 Cuvette mounting disk locking cap 4 Incubation bath assembly
2 Cuvette mounting disk 5 Reaction disk driving mechanism
3 Cuvette
3.6 Mixing unit

After the reagent is dispensed to the cuvette, the mixing bar on the mixing unit will descend to the cuvette to
for rotary mixing of the reagent.
30
Fig. 3-6-1 Structure of mixing assembly

No. Name No. Name
Guide bearing for lifting and
1 Optocoupler 5
lowering
2 Swing motor of mixing mechanism 6 Rotary code disk
3 Lifting motor of mixing mechanism 7 Mixing bar
4 Sliding block of mixing mechanism
As the mixing lifting machine applies crank block, its positioning accuracy is different at different positions.
Higher the speed of mixing lifting machine at the middle position during lifting, lower the accuracy is. High the
accuracy at the two ends of lifting, lower the speed. The distance from the axis center of motor to the axis center of
slide bearing is 16.5mm. When the crank is at a horizontal position, its lifting and lowering position accuracy is
0.032mm.
3.7 Cuvette rinsing mechanism

The cuvette rinsing mechanism is mainly used to rinse the cuvette to recycle the cuvette.
The cuvette rinsing mechanism is only in one-dimensional lifting and lowering motion and its driving structure
is the same with that of mixing mechanism.
31
Fig. 3-7-1 Cuvette rinsing mechanism

No. Name No. Name
1 Rinsing probe support 3 Lifting motor of rinsing mechanism
2 Cuvette rinsing probe 4 Sliding block
3.8 Refrigeration system unit

3.8.1 Description of functions of cycle refrigeration system
The refrigeration water tank assembly is used to store cycle refrigerating liquid and the magnetic circulation
pump is used to provide circulating water power.
3.8.2 Structure and composition of cycle refrigeration system
The water tank is cladded with 10mm thick insulating foaming cotton.
Fig. 3-8-1 Structure of cycle refrigeration system

No. Name No. Name
1 Temperature sensor unit 3 Refrigeration water tank assembly
2 Float switch 4 Magnetic circulating pump
32
3.8.3 Description of functions of vertical refrigerating unit

The vertical refrigerating unit applies Peltier method for R1 and R2 circulating water cooling in reagent
refrigeration chamber and the hot end of Peltier applies radiator and fan for heat radiation.
3.8.4 Structure and composition of vertical refrigerating unit
Fig. 3-8-2 Structure of vertical refrigerating unit

No. Name No. Name
1 Fan 5 Water cooling block protective shield
2 Radiator 6 Refrigerating baffle plate
3 Peltier 7 Refrigerating middle plate
4 Water cooling block
3.9 Plastic water tank unit

The plastic water tank unit has a container used to store deionized water of the Analyzer. It heats the water in
tank and controls water temperature through a temperature relay. The magnetic circulating pump conveys the water
to the incubation bath by cycles from the plastic water tank.
33
Fig. 3-9-1 Structure of plastic water tank

No. Name No. Name
1 Heating rod 7 Pressure gauge
2 Temperature sensor 8 SV13 valve
3 Temperature relay 9 TIE-INS
4 Degassing assembly 10 Heat exchanger
5 Hot/cold five-way unit 11 Float switch
6 Magnetic drive pump
3.10 Gear pump 2 assembly
Fig. 3-10-1 Gear pump 2 assembly

No. Name No. Name
1 Gear pump 3 Magnetic drive pump
2 Pump support
34
3.11 Syringe pump assembly

The syringe pump is used to control the liquid aspirating volume and liquid outflow volume of sample probe,
R1 reagent probe and R2 reagent probe and provide the power for rinsing of inner wall of sample probe and reagent
probes.
The three-valve assembly is used to control the open-on and cut-off of a pipeline and rinse the outer wall of
rinsing probe and outer surface of mixing rod.
Fig. 3-11-1 Structure of syringe pump assembly

No. Name No. Name
1 Three-valve assembly 3 1000μL syringe pump
2 1000μL syringe pump 4 100μL syringe pump
Fig. 3-11-2 Structure of three-valve rack

No. Name No. Name
1 Valve 3 G1/8 connector
2 Three-valve plate 4 G18 plug
35
Fig. 3-11-3 Structure of rack inside the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name
1 Gear pump assembly 7 TIE-INS
2 SV21 valve frame assembly 8 O-ring
3 Water supply connector 9 Drainage pipe
4 Pressure switch 10 SV30 valve
5 Vacuum tank welding assembly 11 Five-valve plate assembly
6 Vacuum pump 12 Liquid collection vacuum tank
3.12 Optical assembly

The halogen lamp, after light convergence by lens, shines the cuvette with sample and then to the optical
grating after light convergence by lens. The optical grating divides the light of halogen lamp of full spectrum into
monochromatic light of different wavelength necessary for the test and then has signal conversion and testing with a
photocell.
36
Fig. 3-12-1 Structure of optical assembly

No. Name No. Name
1 Optical assembly unit 5 Halogen lamp assembly
2 Data collection board -08 6 Insulating glass
3 Data collection board -09 7 Front lens barrel assembly
4 P027 cable
3.13 ISE unit (optional)

ISE module is an optional unit of the Auto-Chemistry Analyzer and ion-selective electrode (ISE) is an
electrochemical transducer. In its structure, there is a sensitive film having selective response to a specific ion,
which converts the ionic activity to potential signal. Within a certain range, its potential and the logarithm of the
activity of a specific ion in solution are in linear relation and the ionic activity of an unknown solution can be
obtained by the comparison with solution with known ionic activity.
The ISE module is composed of an ISE flow cell, an electrode, a matching cuvette, a mixing mechanism, an
internal standard peristaltic pump, a matching peristaltic pump, a diluent syringe pump, a pre-amplification board
and an ISE control board.
Units of the Analyzer and their main functions
Unit name Main functions

The electrode mounting body includes a measuring liquid circuit and a reference
solution circuit. When testing a sample, the liquid to be tested and reference electrode
ISE flow cell
will be respectively dispensed to the measuring liquid circuit and reference solution
circuit of ISE flow cell.
It includes Na, k, Cl and REF electrodes, which are respectively mounted on flow cell
Electrode
and used to measure the potential of the liquid to be tested and reference solution.
It mixes the sample and diluent and the internal standard solution flows into flow cell
Matching cuvette
through the matching cuvette.
Mixing mechanism It mixes the sample and diluent.
Internal standard
It dispenses the internal standard solution to a matching cuvette.
peristaltic pump
Matching peristaltic
It aspirates the reference solution and liquid to be tested to the flow cell.
pump
Diluent syringe pump It dispenses the diluent to a matching cuvette and mixes with sample.
Pre-amplification
It amplifies the electromotive force signal of electrode and finishes AD conversion.
board
ISE control It reads the AD data of pre-amplification board, controls the action of ISE module and
amplification board communicates with the main board.
37
Chapter 4 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer
4.1 Description of functions of fluid system

The constant temperature system is driven by magnetic circulating pump to heat the water in water tank
through the heating rod and provide 37°C±0.1°C circulating constant-temperature water to the incubation bath
of the Analyzer.
The rinsing system provides water and alkaline detergent for rinsing mechanism to rinse the cuvette, the
outer surface of mixing bar and the inner and outer wall of rinsing probe.
The cooling system is driven by magnetic circulating pump to provide the circulating cooling water from
cold water tank to the two reagent refrigeration bins through the vertical refrigeration unit.
The gas circuit system vacuumizes the vacuum tank with a vacuum pump and drives the cuvette rinsing
mechanism to aspirate waste liquid. It removes the foams in the water tube on inner wall of the rinsing probe
through degassing tank.
4.2 Schematic diagram of fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer

38
Detergent
Check
valve
Probe Probe Mixing Mixing

rinsing rinsing and and
tank tank rinsing rinsing
Optimal 37°C±0.1°C tank tank
Ultrapure
water system
Water tank Reagent Reagent

refrigeration refrigeration Sample refrigeration
chamber-R1 chamber-R2 chamber-assembly
Vertical
Cold water cooling
unit
tank assembly
Fig. 4-2-1 Schematic diagram of fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer
.
39
Chapter 5 Circuit of the Analyzer

5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer
~220V input
24V Communication cable
Isolating Upper
transformer
12V computer
Filter
5V
Switch power
supply assembly ±12V
AC system Mechanism
motor
Mechanism
motor
Mechanism
motor
Mechanism
motor
Mechanism
motor
Mother board
Main control panel

ISE control board
R1 reagent board
R2 reagent board
Reaction board
Sample board
Refrigeration board
Peltier
Recirculating
pump
Fan
∙ ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙ ∙
Communication bus
l wire
Signa
Signal
wire
Signal
wire
Card extender
R2 liquid level detecti on
Pos itioning opt ocoupler

Sample liquid level
Sol enoid valve of

detection board
R1 liqui d level
detection board
of mechanisms
mechanisms
board
Fig. 5-1-1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer
5.2 Functions of circuit boards

PCB name Function description
(1) Communication between upper computer and lower computer, communication
with refrigeration board
(2) Control solenoid valves SV8, SV10, SV13, SV16
Main control panel (3) Monitor high and low temperature water tank
(4) Monitor the liquid level of thermostatic bath and vacuum tank
(5) AD board data collection
(6) Control solid-state relay board
(1) Communicate with main control board
(2) Control two mixing mechanisms
(3) Control reaction disk rotation mechanism
Reaction disk circuit board (4) Control rinsing mechanism
(5) Control solenoid valves SV6, SV11, SV12, SV14, SV15, SV21, SV30, SV31,
SV42, SV43
(6) Monitor the liquid level of alkaline detergent
(2) Control reagent 1 probe mechanism
Reagent 1 disk circuit board (3) Control reagent 1 disk
(4) Control solenoid valves SV2, SV5
(5) Control buzzer
.
40
PCB name Function description

(2) Control reagent 2 probe mechanism
Reagent 2 disk circuit board
(3) Control reagent 2 disk
(4) Control solenoid valves SV3, SV9 (CS240 and CS300 do not have this item)
(2) Control sample probe mechanism
Sample disk circuit board (3) Control sample disk
(4) Control solenoid valves SV1, SV4
(5) Control sample disk rotation indicator lamp
AD board 12-channel wavelength AD data collection
(2) ISE pump motor control (internal standard solution, diluent, sample)
ISE circuit board (3) Electromagnet control: MAGNET1, MAGNET2
(4) Solenoid valve control: ISV1, ISV2, ISV3, ISV4, ISV5, ISV6, ISV7
(5) ISE pre-amplification board data collection
(1) Control 200W heating rod
(2) Control 450W heating rod
(3) Control gear pump
Solid-state relay board (4) Control vacuum pump
(5) Control magnetic drive pump
(6) Control water circulating pump
(7) Control halogen lamp
(1) Control the refrigeration of semiconductor and display the temperature
Refrigeration board (2) Monitor the current of semiconductor and display the current
(3) Control the refrigeration fan
(1) Connection between circuit board and peripheral circuit or components
Adapter board
(2) Indication (indicator lamp) of some states
(1) Detect the liquid level of sample probe
(2) Detect the liquid level of reagent 1 and 2
Liquid level detection board (3) Detect the liquid level of thermostatic bath
(4) Detect the liquid level of alkaline detergent
(5) Detect the liquid level of vacuum tank
ISE pre-amplification board (1) Pre-amplification of K, Na and Cl electrodes
(1) Connectable with reaction disk board, sample disk, reagent 1 disk board, reagent 2
Mother board disk board, main control board and ISE board and it can supply power.
(2) Communicate with circuit board.
41
5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards

5.3.1 Electrical wiring diagram of mother board
5V power indicator
lamp (red)
2 1
JP1
1 2
5+V
5-V
P015 P506
24+V
24+V
24+V
24+V
5+V
5+V
J015
Connect to AC
system J506
5-V 5-V
6
7
7
9
8
9
8
24-V 24-V
5
24-V 24-V
3 12A-V
2
4 12A+12
1
1
12A-12
12A+12
12A-12
12A-V
J016 P016
1
JP522
2
1
2
Connect to J522 of 24V switch
power supply of AC system
Slot of Slot of Slot of Slot of Slot of Slot of main

reaction sample reagent reagent ISE control
board board board 1 board 2 board board
Fig. 5-3-1 Electrical wiring diagram of mother board
42
of
of kn
ta
ta
5.3.2 Electrical wiring diagram of main control board kn
at ol
f ta
re
ol
f
hg
re ta i
ta ow H
L w
SV13 solenoid
w
valve
Pressure
450W
Waste switch 200W temperat
f
o
liquid float Pressure
k elv temperatu ure
ant el sensor of
m di re sensor sensor
u
qui Thermostatic gear pump
5
1
2
3
4
6
uc
Connect to P294 a L bath liquid
adapter
v
level sensor J442
board J249
P442
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
4
5
1
2
Connect toP303
1
2
3
4
5
6
J443
1
3
J446
1
3
2
adapter 1
idu oni
4
1
3
2
2
no J448
board 3
4 i
ct
iql
h
atb
uc
J447 J450
J303 rda ete le atb nI J10
P2951
ob d ve
l P446 P447 P448 P450
Connect to J1
2
1
4
2
3
1
4
2
2
3
1
1
2
4
2
3
1
1
2
3
adapter 4
board
5
6 J809 J445B
7
P295 8 P444
P443
P445
2
3
4
1
P1301
2
2
3
4
1
1
Connect to 2
solid-state 3
4
relay board 5
6
J130 7
8
11
12
10
10
7
9
8
6
5
4
3
1
4
3
2
1
2
6
1
4
3
2
4
3
5
2
8
6
9
7
4
3
5
1
2
8
6
7
1
4
3
2
10
P025 P020 P021 P022 P023 P024
J023 J024
J025 J020 J021 J022 G024B
J080
AD data collection
board
J027 J026
P027
Insert to the slot of main P026 G024B
control board on mother
P462
board
fixing
DB9
rack
Fig. 5-3-2 Electrical wiring diagram of main control board
43
5.3.3 Electrical wiring diagram of sample board
Sample Sample
swing lifting
motor motor
10
12
11
6
3
4
9
5
J425
P425
Connect to adapter boardJ300
10
12
9
8
3
4
6
5
P300
Connect to adapter boardJ282 Sample
2
3
4
1
syringe
Connect to adapter board J249 pump motor
11
13
12
10
15
16
14
7
9
6
8
2
1
5
3
4
3
4
2
J435
2
3
4
1
P435
4
3
1
2
P427 J427
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
Sample disk
motor
16
15
10
14
13
10
12
11
1
4
3
2
4
3
1
4
3
2
8
9
1
2
4
3
5
1
2
8
6
9
1
1
4
3
4
3
2
2
P032 P033 P034 P036 P037 P038
J032 J033 J034 J036 J037 J038
J039
Sample
Insert to the slot of barcode
reader
sample control board
on mother board
Fig. 5-3-3 Electrical wiring diagram of sample board
44
5.3.4 Electrical wiring diagram of reagent 1 board
R1 lifting motor
R1 swing motor
10
12
11
6
5
3
4
9
J431
P431
Connect to adapter boardP301
12
10
11
9
6
5
3
4
Connect to adapter boardJ283
R1 syringe pump
Connect to adapter board J296 motor
2
3
4
1
1
2
3
4
11
13
12
10
15
16
14
7
9
6
8
2
1
5
3
4
J432
2
3
4
1
P432(R1)
4
3
1
2
3 3
4 4
R1 reagent
5 5
16
15
14
13
12
10
11
10
1
6
4
4
3
3
1
4
1
3
9
8
7
6
2
2
2
4
3
6
9
8
7
2
1
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
P042 P043 P044 P046 P047 P048 P433 J433 disk motor
J032 J033 J034 J036 J037 J038
J039 Reagent 1
barcode
reader
barcode reader
Insert to the slot of reagent
Reagent 1
1 disk control board on
mother board
Fig. 5-3-4 Electrical wiring diagram of reagent 1 board
45
5.3.5 Electrical wiring diagram of reagent 2 board
R2 swing motor R2 lifting motor
10
12
11
6
5
3
4
9
J437
Connect to adapter P437

boardP299
12
10
11
9
6
5
3
4
Connect to adapter
Connect to adapter boardJ284 P299
R2 syringe pump
board J302 P284
2
3
4
1
motor
P302
1
2
3
4
11
13
12
10
15
16
14
7
9
6
8
2
1
5
3
4
J436
2
3
4
1
P436(R2)
4
3
1
2
3 3
4 4
R2 reagent
5 5
16
15
14
13
12
10
11
10
1
6
4
4
3
3
1
4
1
3
9
8
7
6
2
2
2
4
3
6
9
8
7
2
1
1
4
3
2
1
4
3
2
P052 P053 P054 P056 P057 P058 P436 J436 disk motor
J052 J053 J054 J056 J057 J058
J059 Reagent 1
barcode
reader
barcode reader
Insert to the slot of reagent
Reagent 2
2 disk control board on
mother board
Fig. 5-3-5 Electrical wiring diagram of reagent 2 board
46
5.3.6 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction board

P438 J438 Mixing
P434 J434 Lifting motor 1 1 1
motor 2
2 2 2
of rinsing
3
3
4 4 mechanism 5
6
5
6
5
5
6 6
7
8
7
8 Swing Lifting
11 11 motor 2 motor 2
12 12
13 13
14 14
1
P439 J439 1 1 Mixing
2 2 2
P441 J441 Reaction motor 1
disk motor 5
6
5
6
3 3 7 7
4
5
4
5
8 8 Swing Lifting
motor 1
6 6
11
12
11
12
motor 1
13 13
14 14
Connect to adapter board

J285
P285
11
13
12
10
15
16
14
7
9
6
8
2
1
5
3
4
Connect to adapter
boardJ298
P298
12
10
11
7
9
6
8
2
1
5
3
4
14
16
15
10
12
13
11
14
10
12
13
11
14
10
11
4
3
12
1
13
10
12
11
2
8
6
9
7
4
3
5
1
2
8
6
9
7
4
3
5
4
3
5
1
2
8
6
9
7
2
8
6
9
7
1
1
4
3
4
3
2
2
P070 P071 P072 P073 P074 P075
J070 J071 J073 J074 J075

J072 J076
W
D
h
a
s
S
T
k
is
S
T
1
Insert to the slot of reaction disk control board on mother board
Fig. 5-3-6 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction board
47
5.3.7 Electrical wiring diagram of adapter board

∙
∙
Reaction board P296 Reaction board
Reaction board Reaction board inserts to J296 P299 inserts to J299
P298 inserts to J298 P297 inserts to J297 Reaction board
Reaction board Reaction board P284 P295 inserts to J295
Reaction board Reaction board P283 inserts to J283 inserts to J284
P298 inserts to J285 P282 inserts to J282
Reaction board
P303 inserts to J295
Reaction board P301
Reaction board P302
Reaction board inserts to J301
inserts to J302
P300 inserts to J300
P305 J305
1
2
P275 J275
1
P271 J271
1 P274 J274
3 1 10
P272 J272 P287 J287
1 P278 J2 P286 J286 1
J278 1 P288 J288
1 1
9 87
P308 J308
1 P277 J277 4
1 6 8
9
4 10
P273 J273 P289 J289 P290 J290 P291 J291
1 P279 P304 J304 1 1
1 J279 P281 J281 1 3
10 1 4 4 4
P280 J280 2
1 J304
9 1P292 J292 P293 J293 P294 J294
P307 J307 1 1
P276 J276 1
1 14
14 8 4
4
14 8
9
Connect to S13 solenoid valve
P440 controlled by 5/6 bundles of socket
Samp l e d is k indi ca to r boa rd SV4 sam pl e ou te r SV42 solenoid
wal l ri ns ing va lv e valve P442
R1 liquid level P421 J421
P422 J422 1 SV5 rea ge nt 1 P423 J423 SV43 solenoid 1 1 SV31 solenoid
R2 liquid level detection board 1 out er wa ll rinsing 1 1
detection board Sample liqui d level val ve
valve 2 2 valve
Tou chable To uch able detection board SV9 rea ge nt 2 SV21 solenoid
P406 J406 o pt oc oup le r P418 J418
9 9 R eac ti on dis k coun ti n g opto cou pl er 2
opt oc ouple r
Fle xi ble ca bl e
To uchab le o pt oc oup le r 8 8 o ut er wa ll rinsing
8 8 valve 1 1
Fle xi b le ca bl e val ve SV30solenoid
M echa ni cal i nner M ech a ni cal i nn er
SV8 solenoid 2 2 valve
con ne ct io n co nne ction SV6 mixing
R eac ti on dis k co unti n g optocou pl er 1 rinsing valve valve
1 1 P410 J410 Fle xi ble ca bl e
P409 J409
14 M ech a ni cal inn er
11 14 11 P419 J419
Reagent 1 lifting optocoupler co nne ct ion
1 1 SV16 wat er P420 J420 SV1 1 cuv et te bl ank
R eac ti on dis k zeroing opt oc oup le r ta n k drai n 1 1 out flow v alv e
Reagent 2 lifting optocoupler 2 2 v al ve
1
Reagent 1 sw ing optocoupler P411 J411 4 4 SV15 sma ll whi te
P403 J403 1 Reagent 2 sw ing optocoupler 14 Sample probe swing optocoupler SV10 solenoid valve blo ck rin si ng v al ve
9 9 Mixing 1 sw ing optocoupler 1 1 11
1
P461 1 P416 J4161
1 R2 o ut er c ircl e o ptocou pl er 1 SV12 solenoid valve SV1 sam pl e i n ne r
J461 Sample probe lifting optocoupler wal l ri ns in g va lve
Mixing 1 sw ing optocoupler 2 4 6 P417 J417
1 1 Liquid level SV14 solenoid valve 1 1 SV2 rea ge nt 1
detection board P407 J407 R2 in ner c ircl e op toco upl er
1 1 6 6 inn er wa ll rinsing
9 9 val ve
Mixing 1 lifting optocoupler Sampl e dis k oute r circ le opt o co uple r
6 SV3 rea ge nt 2
R2 ze ro-poi nt o ptoco up l er 8 inn er wa ll rinsing
Rinse liquid 1 1 P408 J408 Sampl e dis k in ne r circ le opt o co uple r val ve
P402 J402 Mixing 2 sw ing optocoupler 1
level sensor 9 9
9 9
Samp l e d is k zero in g o pt oc ou ple r
1
9
Mixing 2 sw ing optocoupler 2

P404 1 1
1
1
Syringe pump R1 outer circle optocoupler
Mixing 2 lifting optocoupler optocoupler
P401 J401 adapter board
1 1 R1 inner circle optocoupler
P405 J405
3 3 R insing mec ha n ism 2 ze roi ng o ptocou pl er 9 9
6 16 1 6 1
J426 J432 J435 R1 zero-point optocoupler
Sampl e syringe 1 1
pump z ero in g
opt oc ouple r
R eag ent 1 syrin ge 2 2
pump z ero ing 1 1
opt oc o uple r P428 J428
Buzzer
5
6
R eagent 2 sy ringe
p ump z eroin g
o pt oc oup le r
P452
Connect to
refrigeration board
J452
Fig. 5-3-7 Electrical wiring diagram of adapter board
.
48
5.3.8 Electrical wiring diagram of refrigeration board

Ambient CS-400 refrigeration control
temperatu board
re sensor P801 JP15
1 1 J524A
JP15/01 JP1/02 JP1 C22 1 1
2 2 2 2 2
2 JP15/02 JP1/01
3 3 3
3 JP15/03 1 1 4 4
5 5 Vertical fan
JP2/02 JP2 C23 6 6
2 2 7 7
JP10/01 JP2/01
1 1 8 8
C10 JP10 JP10/02 9 9
1 1 JP3/02 JP3
2 2 JP10/03 2 C24
3 2
3 JP3/01
4 4 JP10/04 1 1
JP8/01 JP4/02 J524B
JP4 C25 1 1
2 2 2 2
JP8/02 JP4/01 3 3
1 1 4 4
JP8/03
1 C18 JP8 1 JP5/02
5 5
2 2 JP5 C26 6 6
JP8/04 2 2 7 7
3 3 JP5/01
4 4 1 1 8 8
5 JP8/05 9 9
5
6 6 JP8/06
J454
2 Float of
JP7/02
2 C03 JP7
2 1 water tank
JP7/01 JP12/02 C15
1 1 JP12
2 2
JP9/02
JP12/01
1 1 J453
C13 JP9 1 2 Sensor of
2 2 3
JP9/01 refrigeration tank
1 1 JP13/01 4
JP13 C16
1 1
JP11/02 JP13/02
C17 JP11 2 2
2 2 J525
JP11/01 JP13/03 1
3 3
1 1
2
12V switching power supply 3

Black
R.C.G
Brown -S J526
R.C. 1 1
5V switching power supply OV(-V)
Black OV(-V) 2 2 Circulating pump
OV(-V) OV(-V) of refrigeration
G tank
Red J512 P512
N +12V 1 1
+5V L Blue Connect to the
Red Blue +12V 2 2 refrigeration power on
N +12V AC system
Red
3 3 Connect to adapter board
L +S
P307
J455
P455
J452 P452
1 1
2 2
R1 heating
6 6 1 1
window
2 2
J457 P457 R2 heating
1 1
window
1 1
JP2
2 2
5V power indicator lamp (green) for
refrigeration
Fig. 5-3-8 Electrical wiring diagram of refrigeration board
49
.
P953 J953
1 1
2 2
3 3
J60/0 J60 P60 4 4
1
1
2
3 P952 J952
4 1 1
7 2 2
8 3 3
9 4 4
10
13
14
15 P951 J951
16 5 5
6 6
DIL motor MIX motor
J60/1 7 7
6 8 8
IS motor
J065/0
1 J65 P960 P961
1
2 1
3 2 J1/01
4 3
5 4
5.3.9 Electrical wiring diagram of ISE control board
6 5
7 6
8 7
9 8
10 9
11 10
12 11
13 12
14 13
15 14
16 15
17 16
18 17
19 18
20 19
20
J065/2 J1/20
0
amplification board
50
1
2 ISV1
P954 J954
1 1
2 2 3
3 3 4 ISV7
4 4
J62/01 J62 J62
1
2 5
3 P955 J955 6 ISV3
4 1 1
5 2 2
6 3 3 1
7 4 4
8 2 ISV4
9 P956 J956
10 1 1 1
11 2 2 2 ISV2
12
Fig. 5-3-9 Electrical wiring diagram of control board
13
14
P957 J957
15 1 1 1
16
2 2 2 ST
J62/20
P958 J958
1 1 1
2 2 2 ISV5
P959 J959
1 1 1
2 2 2 ISV6
J64/0
J64 P64
1
ISE-U6
Insert to the slot of mother board
P011 P012
7 7 J4/01 1 write Dil_Pho
8 8 J3/01 2 red
9 9 3 blue
10 10 5 green
J4/4 6 black
J3/06
ISE control board
J64/10
5.3.10 Electrical wiring diagram of AC system

Gas discharge board
N L G
Left incoming Isolating transformer Right incoming

General power socket terminal block
Filter terminal block
L01 E L06
L' L03 L' L
5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4
L 22 r
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
L04 S1 21
32
L05 G n fo
N01 N' o hc
N N' N03 20 31 N
N06 tia it
30 C re
N04 N05 gi sw
rf ir
S15 er A
·
L16
J502
L8 L07 P512
N22 N27
L17
L20
L20
L19
L19
L21
L18
N23 1
L02
N18
1 2 3
L17
L18
6 N28
N25
N26
N27
N28
N29
N30
F H L PCB
N21
L21
N24 2 7 N29
J503 J501 N25 3 8 N30
N26 4
1
2
1
9
2
J504 5
L10 L9 Insert to J512 to
2
1
S11 S12 S13 S14
L15
L16
L14
L12
L13
supply power
N18
N07
N21
N23
N24
N22
P504 starting
switch
for refrigeration
Right outgoing Middle outgoing Air switches Left outgoing

terminal block terminal block terminal block
P502
P5 Connect to
P502A 1 01 P503 P523 main control
9
8 P502G
+ K24L K5L K12AL K12L P502B 2
3 7 board J025
L L L L 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 1 2
S K5N K12AN
N
P502F
P502D
P502E
K24 N K24N N K12N N
+24V G
K24 G K5-V G G
20A -V K12AV3 K12-V
K24-V NC V3 -V
K5+V K12A+V
K24-V NC + +V2 +
-V K24RCG K12A-V K12+V
RCG V COM V
RC J522 开关电源
-S K24RC V1 Switch
(5V) power 10 1
开关电源(24V)
1 2 Switch power supply supply(12V) P131 P130
P518N
P515L
P518L
P515N
P513N
P513L
P516L
（+12V,-12V）
P516N
P520N
P520L
J523
6 5 4 P456 J131 J130
K12-V P517L 3
Connect to
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
1 P132C
2
2
1
Solid-state relay board

P516 P508
J132
K12+V 8 1
the mother 2
P520
J520 J516
P507 P513 P515 P517N 9
P518 P132B
1
21
2
J508 J507
J506 board P016 J513 J515 4
6
7
9
J456
P133C
K12AV3 M M M M P133B
K5-V J518
K12A-V 1
J133
6 K24 P133A
K12A+V 2 7 K24 Fan 2 in Fan 2 in Heating Heating Circulating Halogen
K24-V 3 8 K5+V Gear pump the Fan 1 in
the Vacuum rod of rod of pump of
K24-V 4 the lamp P134C
9 Analyzer Analyzer Analyzer pump water bath
J134
5 water tank water tank
P134B
12A-12 5+V
12A-V 1 9 24+V
12A+12 2 8 24+V
3 7
4 5 6
24-V
24-V
5-V
Connect to the
mother board P015
Fig. 5-3-10 Electrical wiring diagram of AC system
51
Chapter 6 Components replacement and adjustment
6.1 Components replacement

6.1.1 Replacement of light source lamp
The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging
light source lamp. Check quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen
lamp in time.
(1) Check quantity of light
Execute "Check quantity of light" in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" of "System
maintenance" window to test the light source power of the Analyzer. The test results will be
displayed as AD value or can be printed. Generally, the value will reach its highest point at 340nm.
(2) Replacement of light source lamp
Method 1:
a) Prepare a new halogen lamp as shown in the figure:
Fig. 6-1-1
Do not touch the surface of the halogen lamp, otherwise, the light intensity value may be
affected. If there are stains such as fingerprints on the surface, wipe it with a piece of gauze
dipped with ethanol.
b) Execute "Rinse incubation bath" in "Rinse" of "System maintenance" window, then the
thermostatic water will be drained automatically after the light source lamp and the thermostatic
water circulating pump of are closed.
c) Turn off the power of the Analyzer and wait for a while until the lamp house is completely
cooled down (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent ambustion.
d) Screw off fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to remove the cuvette rinsing mechanism.
Take off the fixing knob of the reaction disk and remove the whole reaction disk. Place the reaction
disk at somewhere dry and clean.
Water attached on the cuvette wall may drip into the Analyzer which may lead to the
failure when taking off the reaction disk and cuvette at the same time. Therefore, take off
cuvette first, then remove the reaction disk.
e) Screw off the two fixing screws of the halogen lamp leads and take down the leads as shown
in the figure:
52
Fixing screws
of halogen lamp leads
Fig. 6-1-2
f) Screw off the two fixing screws of light source holder and take down the halogen lamp as
shown in the figure:
Fixing screws of
light source holder
Fig. 6-1-3
g) Replace with a new halogen lamp according to the reverse steps above and pay attention to
screw the bolt tightly; rubber hose for cooling lamp house cannot be twisted to ensure that screws
are screwed down and leads are not loosen or up warping.
h) Install reaction disk, cuvette, and rinsing mechanism on the original position, and turn on the
power of the Analyzer, then click "Next" button in "Rinse" of "System maintenance" window under
standby status to fill fresh pure water into incubation bath. Execute the function of checking
quantity of light under standby status after the replacement of halogen lamp if its value is qualified.
Method 2:
Step a)-c) are the same as above.
d) Rinsing mechanism can remain not removed while 2 sets of cuvettes under the 2 sets of
mechanism shall be taken off, and cuvette shall be maintained to be clean. Hold the fixed knob of
reaction disk to rotate reaction disk, so as to rotate the position where cuvette is taken off below the
rinsing mechanism, then screw off the fixed knob of reaction disk to remove the disk. Do not scratch
the cuvette.
Steps below are the same as Method 1.
53
6.1.2 Replacement of tube for pinch valve (optional)

(1) Prepare a new tube for pinch valve as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-4 Diagram of new tube for pinch valve

(2) Turn off the power source of the Analyzer and open ISE cover plate in the analysis unit of the
Analyzer.
(3) Replace the tube with a new one. Prevent the tube from loosening and falling when inserting.
1
Fig. 6-1-5 Diagram of replacement of the new tube for pinch valve
No. Name No. Name
1 Tube for pinch valve
(4) Wipe with a piece of gauze dipped in pure water if there is liquid dripping from the tube.
(5) Install ISE cover plate, turn on the power source switch of the Analyzer and execute the test
when the Analyzer is in standby status.
6.1.3 Replacement of tube for peristaltic pump (optional)

(1) Prepare a new tube for the peristaltic pump as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-6 Diagram of tube for peristaltic pump

(2) Turn off the power source of the Analyzer, wear a pair of protective gloves and open the clamp
of the tube for the peristaltic pump as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-7 Diagram of peristaltic pump

No. Name No. Name
1 Tube for the peristaltic pump
(3) Replace the tube with a new one and put the clamp back to its position after the installation.
54
(4) Wipe with a piece of gauze dipped in pure water if there is liquid dripping from the tube.
(5) Turn on the power source switch of the Analyzer and execute the test when the Analyzer is in
standby status.
6.1.4 Replacement of electrode (optional)
● Generally, it is prohibited to open ISE cover. Otherwise, the results may be inaccurate
caused by poor temperature control.
● Keep the replacement of electrode and checks of equipment within an hour.
● Make sure that the storage temperature of the electrode is at 1℃~ 51℃.
Fig. 6-1-8 Diagram of electrode arrangement

(1) Prepare a new electrode of Na, K or Cl, or a reference electrode as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-9 Diagram of new electrode

(2) Turn off the power source of the Analyzer and open the left ISE cover plate in the analysis unit of
the Analyzer.
Fig. 6-1-10 Diagram of replacement of ISE electrode

No. Name No. Name
1 Electrodes to be replaced
(3) Remove the corresponding electrode wires and the positions of electrode wires are shown in the
figure.
55
Fig. 6-1-11 Diagram of electrode lead position

No. Name No. Name
1 Electrode wire
(4) After removing the electrode, wipe out the liquid with the cotton swab in the position for
electrode installation.
Fig. 6-1-12 Diagram of wiping out the liquid at the position for electrode installation
No. Name No. Name
1 Cotton swab
(5) Assemble and install the new corresponding electrodes in the proper position of the flow cell,
and then connect the other end of the electrode with the connector of the front zoom plate.
(6) Repair and maintenance of the electrode: After the new electrode was installed, the electrode
shall be repaired and maintained before being analyzed in accordance with the following order.
a) Execute an overall ISE tubing rinse in "System maintenance" window;
b) After 10 minutes, execute "ISE check" for 10 times in "System maintenance " window. The
results of ISE check will be displayed on the system maintenance working area. The difference of
two successive check values of the same electrode shall be less than 0.2mV.
c) Execute ISE calibration for once to confirm that whether the slope is within the benchmark range.
6.1.5 Cuvette replacement

(1) Prepare a new cuvette as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-13 Diagram of new cuvette
Immerse the new cuvette in CS Series Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent for over 8
hours, and take out to install on the reaction disk after cleaning. When the installation is done,
carry out cuvette blank check and then give a test only if cuvette blank values meet the
56
requirement.
(2) Turn off the power source of the Analyzer.
(3) Wear a pair of protective gloves and screw out fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to
disassemble the cuvette rinsing mechanism as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-14 Diagram of rinsing mechanism

No. Name No. Name
1 Rinsing mechanism
(4) Screw out the fixing screw on the cuvette as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-15 Screw out the fixing screw on the cuvette at the upper side of the filter
No. Name No. Name
1 Fixing screw on the cuvette
(1) Remove six sets of cuvettes as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-16 Diagram of removing the cuvette

No. Name No. Name
1 Cuvette
(6) Install 6 new sets of cuvette on the reaction disk in an opposite order.
(7) Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. Execute "Cuvette blank test" in "System
maintenance", and then carry out the test only if the difference between cuvettes is in ±800.
57
● There will be contaminants on the cuvette wall if the used cuvette is exposed in the air for a
long time. Thus the cuvette shall be immersed in the pure water. Moreover, take down the
cuvette to immerse it in pure water if the Analyzer will not be used for more than 3 continuous
days. If there is the emergency stop during testing, rinse the unrinsed cuvette with pure water
to prevent the reaction solution remaining on the cuvette for a long time.
● Do not wipe the cuvette with or soak it in organic solvents (benzenes or ethanol).
6.1.6 Pneumatic spring replacement

(1) Prepare a new pneumatic spring as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-17 Diagram of new pneumatic spring

(3) Wear a pair of protective gloves and open the upper cover of the Analyzer.
(4) Open the four jump rings at both sides on one end of the pneumatic spring with a straight
screwdriver (find the end easy to disassemble as the case may by) as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-18 Diagram of removing pneumatic spring

No. Name No. Name
1 Straight screwdriver
(5) Pull out the pneumatic spring axis and take out one end of the pneumatic spring as shown in the
figure.
Fig. 6-1-19 Diagram of removing one end of pneumatic spring

(6) Wring down the other end of the pneumatic spring by hand as shown in the figure.
58
Fig. 6-1-20 Diagram of removing the other end of pneumatic spring

(7) Install new pneumatic spring in the opposite order.
(8) Carry out the test only if the movable upper cover of the Analyzer is able to be opened or closed
normally.
6.1.7 Replace water for cooling system water tank

(1) Turn off the general power of the Analyzer.
(2) Open the left front door of the Analyzer and remove the lower cover plate at its front as shown in
the figure.
Fig. 6-1-21 Diagram of removing the lower left cover plate at its lower front end
(3) Place a container in front of the Analyzer wherein put Tube 173, Tube 17 and Tube 18 without
rubber plugs on their end and drain the water in the cooling system as shown in the figure.
1
3 2
Fig. 6-1-22 Diagram of water drainage of cooling system

No. Name No. Name
1 Tube 173 2 Rubber plug
3 Tube 17 4 Tube 18
59
(4) Fill pure water in Tube 17 with the water funnel in the accessory case after emptying the cooling
system, and plug the rubber plug on the end of Tube 173 until the water flows out smoothly from the
tube.
(5) Continue to fill pure water in Tube 17 and plug the end of Tube 18 until the water flows out
smoothly from Tube 18, and open the main power source of the Analyzer.
(6) The water level of the water tank will go down after cooling water circulation. Now repeat Step
(5) and plug the end of Tube 17 with a rubber plug.
(7) Install the cover plate of the Analyzer.
(8) Turn on the main power source and the cooling system runs normally.
6.1.8 Mixing bar replacement

(1) Prepare a new mixing bar as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-23 Diagram of new mixing bar

(3) Wear a pair of protective gloves and screw off the two fixing screws in one circle as shown in the
figure: Pull out the mixing bar downwards.
Fig. 6-1-24 Diagram of screwing fixing screws

(4) Wipe the front of the new mixing bar with a piece of gauze dipped in ethanol.
(5) When installing a new mixing bar, insert the mixing bar at the heel of the motor and fix it with
screws as shown in the figure.
3
Fig. 6-1-25 Diagram of internal mixing bar mechanism
No. Name No. Name
1 Mixing motor 2 Screw
3 Mixing bar
(6) Put the adjusting block of the mixing bar on the bracket of the cuvette and move the cuvette to
the upper position of the adjusting block as shown in the figure.
60
3
4
Fig. 6-1-26 Diagram of putting adjusting block

No. Name No. Name
1 Mixing mechanism 2 Height adjusting screw
3 Adjusting block location 4 Cuvette bracket
5 Adjusting block
(7) Screw off screws and adjust the mixing bar to make its tip touch the lower surface of the
adjusting block. Then rotate the mixing mechanism to make the tip of the mixing bar block the
upper surface of the adjusting block and screw down screws as shown in the figure.
3 2
Fig. 6-1-27 Diagram of adjusting mixing bar

No. Name No. Name
1 Mixing mechanism 2 Upper surface of the adjusting block
3 Lower surface of the adjusting block
(8) Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. Select "Mixing bar horizontal checking" in "System
maintenance", click "Execute", and check the bottom of the mixing bar whether or not at the center
of the cuvette when the mixing bar stops at the upper place of the cuvette as shown in the figure.
Cuvette
Bottom end of
mixing bar
Fig. 6-1-28 Diagram of the bottom end of mixing bar at the center of cuvette
(9) Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in "System maintenance" window and confirm
whether or not the mechanical action is normal.
61
6.1.9 Replacement of lock nut/lock bolt of the sample disk/reagent disk

(1) Prepare a new lock nut/lock bolt as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-29 Diagram of new nut/ bolt

No. Name No. Name
1 Lock nut 2 Lock bolt
(3) Wear protective gloves, rotate the knob to "open" position and take down the cover of the sample
disk/reagent disk.
Fig. Diagram of knob

No. Name No. Name
1 Knob
(4) Pull out the lock bolt fixed on the sample disk/reagent disk as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-31 Diagram of pulling out bolt

No. Name No. Name
1 Lock bolt
(5) Clamp the two handles of the sample /reagent disk to pull them up as shown in the figure.
62
Fig. 6-1-32 Diagram of taking up sample/ reagent disk

No. Name No. Name
1 Handle 2 Sample disk/reagent disk
(6) Use nipper pliers to hold the lock bolt and pull out the lock nut/lock bolt as shown in the figure.
1
2
Fig. 6-1-33 Diagram of ejecting nut/ bolt

No. Name No. Name
1 Nipper pliers 2 Lock nut
(7) Open the lock nut and pull out the lock bolt as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-34 Diagram of separating nut/ bolt

(8) Find a new lock nut/lock bolt and press the lock bolt into the lock nut as shown in the figure.
63
Fig. 6-1-35 Diagram of mounting nut/ bolt

(9) Press the lock bolt into the lock nut and press them in the designated position of the sample
disk/reagent disk as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-36 Mounting nut/ bolt of sample/ reagent disk

Fix the sample disk/reagent disk based on the fixing screw positions and press down the lock bolt as
shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-32 Diagram of fixing sample/ reagent disk

No. Name No. Name
1 Setscrews
(11) Clamp the two handles of the sample /reagent disk to pull them up and check whether or not the
lock nut and lock bolt are fixed.
(12) Place the reagent disk to the designated position and cover it.
6.1.10 Wiping head replacement

(1) Prepare a new wiping head as shown in the figure.
64
Fig. 6-1-38 Diagram of new wiping head

(3) Anticlockwise screw out fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to remove the cuvette rinsing
mechanism as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-39 Diagram of disassembling rinsing mechanism

(4) Gently rotate the wiping head and pull out as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-40 Diagram of pulling out wiping head

(5) Rinse the new wiping head with 2% CS Series Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent and then
rinse it with pure water.
(6) Install the wiping head in its original position (the lower surface shall be at the same level with
the rinsing probe tip) as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-41 Diagram of installing wiping head

(7) Install the rinsing mechanism on its original position.
(8) Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in
"System maintenance" window. The wiping head shall not touch the cuvette. The rinsing water shall
be near to the cuvette rim and not spill out of the cuvette.
65
6.1.11 Replacement of tubing in rinsing station

(1) Turn off the power of the Analyzer.
(2) Wear protective gloves, find the tubing in need of replacement in the rinse station and pull down
one ends of tubes from the rinsing probe as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-42 Diagram of pulling down the tubing of rinse station

Pull down another end of the tube from the solenoid valve or waste liquid collection bottle and
remove the tube in need of replacement. Note: remember the position of the entire tube.
Fig. 6-1-43 Diagram of pulling down the tubing of rinse station

(3) Install new tubing on its original position in reverse order.
(4) Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. Execute "cuvette blank test" in "System maintenance",
and then carry out the test only if the difference between cuvettes is in ±800.
6.1.12 Replacement of alkaline detergent tubing

(1) Turn off the power of the Analyzer.
(2) Wear protective gloves, find the tubing in need of replacement in the rinse station and cut off the
tie at both ends of the tube connector as shown in the figure.
1
2
Fig. 6-1-44 Diagram of alkaline detergent tubing
66
No. Name No. Name

1 Cable tie 2 Tube 159
(3) Pull down Tube 159 from alkaline detergent box and connectors; pull down one end of Tube 98
from alkaline detergent connectors and the other end from SV12 valve, pull out the tube from the
tube band and keep in mind the positions of two tube bands.
1
2
Fig. 6-1-45 Diagram of alkaline detergent tubing and SV12 valve connection
No. Name No. Name
1 SV12 valve 2 Tube 98
(4) Install the new tubing at their original positions in reverse order and be sure to put Tube 98
through the two tube bands. Fix the connectors of new tubing with ties after installation.
(5) Turn on the power source of the Analyzer. Execute "Exhaust of filling and flushing detergent
pipeline" for 2 times in "System maintenance" window. The Analyzer will exhaust the air
automatically from the tube connecting the detergent box. Emergency stops are not allowed during
this function operation, and any other operations shall be carried out in standby status.
6.1. 13 Replacement of sample probe assembly

(1) Prepare a new set of sample probe assembly as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-46 Diagram of new sample probe

(3) Wear protective gloves, hold the jack catch on the cope shell of the probe rotary arm with fingers
and then pick up to take it off as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-47 Diagram of opening upper cover of probe rotary arm
67
No. Name No. Name

1 Claw
(4) Disassemble the tubing connectors manually and unplug the wiring plug as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-48 Diagram of disassembling tubing connector manually

No. Name No. Name
1 Pipe joint
(1) Remove the sample probe assembly as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-49 Diagram of removing sample probe assembly manually

No. Name No. Name
1 Sample probe assembly
(6) Replace with a new sample probe and screw down the tubing connectors in reverse order.
(8) Install the cope shell of the probe rotary arm in its original position and turn on the Analyzer.
Execute the sample probe horizontal check when the Analyzer is in the standby status, check
whether or not the sample probe tip is at the center of the cuvette when the sample probe stops above
the cuvette, and then carry out a test if all conditions meet the requirements as shown in the figure.
Cuvette
Probe front
Fig. 6-1-50 Diagram of the probe tip at the center of cuvette
6.1.14 Replacement of the filter for incubation bath

(1) Prepare a new filter for incubation bath as shown in the figure.
68
Fig. 6-1-51 New incubation bath filter

(2) Choose "Rinse incubation bath" in "System maintenance" window and click "Execute", and then
the thermostatic water will drain automatically after the light source lamp and the circulating pump
of thermostatic water are closed.
(4) Wear protective gloves and screw off fixing screws for fixing the cuvette above the filter
as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-52 Screw out the fixing screw on the cuvette at the upper side of the filter
No. Name No. Name
1 Fixing screw on the reaction disk
(5) Take down one set of the cuvette in the corresponding position as shown in the figure, and place
the cuvette in the water.
Fig. 6-1-53 Diagram of removing the cuvette manually

No. Name No. Name
1 Cuvette
Prevent the water on the inner wall of the cuvette from dripping into the Analyzer.
Otherwise, it may cause faults of the Analyzer.
(6) Remove the drainage filter as shown in the figure.
69
Fig. 6-1-54 Diagram of removing the drainage filter

No. Name No. Name
1 Water filter screen
(7) Rinse the new drainage filter with pure water, install it on the incubation bath in reverse order,
and screw down the fixing screws.
(8) Turn on the power source switch of the Analyzer and enter to run the software.Then carry out the
test only if the drainage and water temperature of the incubation bath are normal.
6.1.14 Replacement of the water supply filter

(1) Prepare a new water supply filter as shown in the figure.
Fig. 6-1-55 Diagram of new water supply filter

(2) Turn off the power source of the pure water device (close the water valve).
(4) Wear protective gloves and use gauze padded at back of the filter cap to screw off the cap as
shown in the figure. And hold the water draining from the water supply inlet with a water tank.
Fig. 6-1-56 Diagram of removing filter cap

(5) Screw off the connector of the filter with proper tools and take out the water supply filter as
shown in the figure.
70
Fig. 6-1-57 Diagram of taking out water supply filter

(6) Rinse the new water supply filter with water and then install it in the original position.
(7) Turn on the power of the pure water device.
(8) Turn on the power of the Analyzer. Carry out the test only when the water tank of the instrument
supplies water normally.
6.2 Components adjustment

6.2.1 Position adjustment of sample disk and sample mechanism
(1) Turn on the Analyzer and connect the reaction disk port and computer port with a serial port
cable. Open the automatic biochemical motion debugging software Syringe (under the folder Tool
of program installation directory, password: DiRuiWB), select the communication port number
correctly, select Sample at the lower right corner of the interface after the resetting completion of
reaction disk and then click Zero on the Arm lifting and lowering (mm) of sample disk mechanism.
At this time, the sample probe has operated to the highest point.
(2) After ensuring the reaction disk is reset successfully, click the Zero on Arm swing. At this
time, the sample probe shall align to the central position of #101 cuvette after the reaction disk is
reset.
(3) Input 30 in the box in front of Lower on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower. At
this time, the sample probe will lower and the sample probe tip will align to the central position of
#101 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it does not align to the central position of cuvette,
please adjust with the steps below.
a) When the sample probe moves along the arc and is not at the central position, adjust the
jackscrew on hollow shaft of sample probe assembly to make the sample probe be located in the
central position of the cuvette.
b) If the sample probe is not located in the center of cuvette, adjust the screws fixing the sample
probe assembly to make the sample probe in the center of the cuvette.
c) After the two steps above are finished, lift the sample probe to the highest point (the
operation in step (1)) and then repeat step (2) and (3) to make the sample probe located in the center
of cuvette.
(4) After the steps above are finished, operate the sample probe to the highest point (operation
in step (1)) and then click the Zero on Disk spinning. At this time, the sample disk will start spinning
and locate at the reset position after stop of spinning. Then the operation below can be carried out.
(5) Click the External on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and the sample probe will operate to
the above central position of #1 cuvette in sample disk. Input 50 in the box in front of Lower on Arm
lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower, the sample probe will start lowering. If the sample probe
is not aligned to the central position of #1 cuvette, adjust the three fixing screws of sample disk
manually and spin the sample disk drive mechanism (operate the sample probe to the highest point
before spinning) to make the central position of #1 cuvette align to the liquid aspirating position of
sample probe.
(6) Operate the sample probe to the highest point (step (1)) and click the Central on Arm lifting
and lowering (mm), and then the sample probe will operate to the above central position of #W1
cuvette. Input 50 in the box in front of Lower on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower. At
71
this time, the sample probe will lower and the sample probe will align to the central position of #W1
cuvette on sample disk.
(7) Operate and sample probe to the highest point (step (1)) and click Internal, and then the
sample probe will operate to the above central position of #C8 QC cuvette. Input 50 in the box in
front of Lower on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower. At this time, the sample probe
will lower and align to the central position of #C8 QC cuvette on sample disk.
(8) After executing the Central and Internal commands, if the sample probe does not align to
the central position of #W1 rinsing cuvette and #C8 QC cuvette, inspect whether the sample probe is
vertical or whether the sample mechanism is correct. If it is not correct, the position should be
adjusted after correction.
(9) Operate the sample probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and click the Rinse on
Arm lifting and lowering (mm), and then the sample probe will align to the central position of upper
plane of sample probe rinsing bath outlet. If it does not align to the central position, please adjust
with the steps below.
a) Adjust the two fixing screws of the rinsing bath manually to make the sample probe tip align
to the central position of upper plane of rinsing bath outlet.
b) Repeat the operation in step 9 and ensure the sample probe is located at the position of
rinsing bath below. It is observed the distance from the probe tip to the inner vertical plane of sample
probe rinsing bath outlet is 0.5-1.5 mm.
Fig. 6-2-1 Diagram of inner vertical plane of sample probe water outlet
No. Name No. Name

1 Inner vertical plane of water outlet
Fig. 6-2-2 Diagram of upper plane of sample probe water outlet
No. Name No. Name

1 Upper plane of water outlet 2 Lower plane of water outlet
(10) Add sample probe step compensation.

If the adjustment of some positions still does not meet requirements after the adjustment above,
the number of sample probe steps can be adjusted for compensation.
Firstly, start the software of upper computer and enter the Maintenance interface to execute
72
Sample probe horizontal check. If the positions are correct, no more adjustment is required. If some
positions are incorrect, adjustment is required. Before adjustment, please ensure the position in step
(3) meets requirements. Open the maintenance interface of upper computer software, click
Instrument reset and then click the blank space at the right side, as shown in the figure below:
Fig. 6-2-3 Instrument resetting interface of debugging software
Input Admin and press Enter, and then the position adjustment interface shown below will
appear.
Fig. 6-2-4 Probe position adjustment interface
The functions of adjustment windows are shown below:

S_Wash: Sample probe rinsing position
S_Mid: Sample position in middle circle
73
S_Out: Sample position in outer circle

S_In: Sample position in inner circle
S_Ise: ISE dispensing position
R1R4_Addwash: R1 detergent dispensing position (incubation bath)
R1R4_Wash: R1 reagent probe rinsing position
R1R4_Reagent: R1 reagent aspirating position
R2R3_Addwash: R2 detergent dispensing position (incubation bath)
R2R3_Wash: R2 reagent probe rinsing position
R2R3_Reagent: R2 reagent aspirating position
The sample probe is taken as an example for the adjustment method. Firstly, click the
Horizontal on Sample probe to have horizontal check of the sample probe position, and then click
Read to read former position compensation value and modify the compensation value according to
the deviation of horizontal check of positions. After the modification, click Write to write the
compensation value to the FLASH of the machine and then click Horizontal to observe whether the
position is correct. If not, modify the compensation value again until the position meets
requirements.
The position adjustment method for reagent probe is the same as above.
6.2.2 Positioning adjustment of reagent 1 disk and reagent 1 probe

(1) After turning on the Analyzer and making it online, open the automatic biochemical motion
debugging software and select Reagent 1 disk at the lower right corner of the interface. Please select
a correct communication port. Then click Zero on the Arm lifting and lowering (mm) of reagent 1
mechanism. At this time, the sample 1 probe shall have operated to the highest point.
(2) After ensuring the reaction disk is reset successfully, click the Swing 4 on Arm lifting and
lowering (mm). Reagent 1 probe shall align to the central position of #41 cuvette after the reaction
disk is reset.
this time, the reagent 1 probe will lower and the reagent 1 probe tip will align to the central position
of #41 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it is not aligned just right, please make adjustment
according to the steps below.
a) When the reagent 1 probe moves along the arc and is not at the central position, adjust the
jackscrew on hollow shaft of reagent 1 probe assembly to make the reagent 1 probe be located in the
central position of the cuvette.
b) If the reagent 1 probe is not located in the center of cuvette, adjust the screws fixing the
reagent probe assembly to make the reagent 1 probe in the center of the cuvette.
c) After the two steps above are finished, lift the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (the
operation in step (1)) and then repeat step (2) and (3) to make the reagent 1 probe located in the
center of cuvette.
(4) Operate the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and after the reaction
disk is reset, click the Swing 1 on Arm lifting and lowering (mm), and reagent 1 probe shall align to
the central position of #42 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset.
of #42 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it is not right aligned, please consider the position of
Swing 1 and Swing 4 in a comprehensive way to make it located in an optimal position between
them.
(6) Operate the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and then click the
Zero on Disk spinning. At this time, the reagent 1 disk will start spinning and locate at the reset
position after stop of spinning. Then the operation below can be carried out.
(7) Click the Reagent on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and the reagent 1 probe will operate to
the central position of #1 cuvette in reagent 1 disk. Input 30 in the box in front of Lower on Arm
lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower, the reagent 1 probe will start lowering. If the position is
incorrect, please adjust with the steps below.
a) Operate the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)), adjust the three fixing
screws of reagent disk manually and spin the reagent disk drive mechanism to make the central
position of #1 cuvette align to the liquid aspirating position of reagent 1 probe.
b) After preliminary adjustment, repeat the operation in step (7) until it is well aligned.
74
(8) Operate the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and click the Rinse.
The reagent 1 probe shall align to the central position of upper plane of reagent 1 probe rinsing bath
outlet. If it is not at the central position, please make following adjustment.
a) Adjust the two fixing screws of the rinsing bath to make the reagent 1 probe tip align to the
central position of upper plane of rinsing bath outlet.
b) After the adjustment, repeat the operation in step (8) and ensure the reagent probe is located
at the position of rinsing bath below. It is observed the distance from the probe tip to the inner
vertical plane of reagent probe rinsing bath outlet is 0.5mm-1.5 mm.
(9) Operate the reagent 1 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and click Detergent
dispensing, and then the reagent 1 probe tip will align to the detergent dispensing position of
reaction disk.
Fig. 6-2-5 Diagram of inner vertical plane of reagent probe water outlet
No. Name No. Name

1 Inner vertical plane of water outlet
Fig. 6-2-6 Diagram of upper plane of reagent probe water outlet
No. Name No. Name

1 Upper plane of water outlet 2 Lower plane of water outlet
6.2.3 Positioning adjustment of reagent 2 disk and reagent 2 probe

debugging software and select Reagent 2 disk at the lower right corner of the interface. Please select
a correct communication port. Then click Zero on the Arm lifting and lowering (mm) of reagent 2
mechanism. At this time, the reagent 2 probe shall have operated to the highest point.
(2) After ensuring the reaction disk is reset successfully, click the Swing 23 on Arm lifting and
lowering (mm). Reagent 2 probe shall align to the central position of #71 cuvette after the reaction
disk is reset.
of #71 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it is not aligned just right, please make adjustment
according to the steps below.
a) When the reagent 2 probe moves along the arc and is not at the central position of cuvette,
75
adjust the jackscrew on hollow shaft of reagent probe assembly to make the reagent 2 probe be
located in the central position of the cuvette.
b) If the reagent 2 probe is not located in the center of cuvette, adjust the screws fixing the
reagent probe assembly to make the reagent 2 probe in the center of the cuvette.
c) After the two steps above are finished, lift the reagent 2 probe to the highest point (the
operation in step (1)) and then repeat step (2) and (3) to make the reagent 2 probe located in the
center of cuvette.
(4) Operate the reagent 2 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and then click the
Zero on Disk spinning. At this time, the reagent 2 disk will start spinning and locate at the reset
position after stop of spinning. Then the operation below can be carried out.
(5) Click the Reagent on Arm lifting and lowering (mm) and the reagent 2 probe will operate to
the central position of #1 cuvette in reagent 2 disk. Input 30 in the box in front of Lower on Arm
lifting and lowering (mm) and click Lower, the reagent 2 probe will start lowering. The reagent 2
probe shall align to the central position of 1# cuvette in reagent 2 disk. If the position is incorrect,
please operate the reagent 2 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)), adjust the three fixing
screws of reagent disk manually and spin the reagent disk drive mechanism to make the central
position of #1 cuvette align to the liquid aspirating position of reagent 2 probe. After the adjustment,
repeat the process above until it is right aligned.
(6) Operate the reagent 2 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and click the Rinse
on Arm lifting and lowering (mm), and then the reagent 2 probe will align to the central position of
upper plane of reagent 2 probe rinsing bath outlet. If it does not align to the central position, please
adjust with the steps below.
a) Adjust the two fixing screws of the rinsing bath to make the reagent 2 probe tip align to the
b) After the adjustment, repeat the operation in step (6) and ensure the reagent probe is located
at the position of rinsing bath below. It is observed the distance from the probe tip to the inner
vertical plane of reagent probe rinsing bath outlet is 0.5-1.5 mm.
(7) Operate the reagent 2 probe to the highest point (operation in step (1)) and click Detergent
dispensing, and then the reagent 2 probe tip will align to the detergent dispensing position of
reaction disk.
6.2.4 Position adjustment of rinsing mechanism

debugging software, select a communication port and select Reaction disk at the lower right corner
of the interface. Then click Zero on the Disk rinsing of reaction disk mechanism. At this time, the
rinsing mechanism shall have operated to the highest point.
(2) Click Zero on Disk spinning (pcs.) and the reaction disk will start spinning. When the
spinning is stopped, input 400 in the box in front of Lower on Disk rinsing and click Lower. At this
time, the rinsing mechanism will lower and the #1 rinsing probe will align to the central position of
#1 cuvette. If the position is incorrect, please make adjustment with the steps below.
a) If the rinsing probe moves along the arc and is not located in the middle, loosen the socket
head screws at the lower part of rinsing probe support of rinsing mechanism and spin the rinsing
probe to make the arc of the 7 probes coincide with the arc of cuvette and make the tip of #1 rinsing
probe align right to the central position of #1 cuvette.
b) If the rinsing probe is not at the central position of #1 cuvette, loosen the two crews on fixing
base and adjust the position of base to make the tip of #1 rinsing probe align right to the central
position of #1 cuvette.
(3) When the rinsing mechanism lowers to the lowest point, the tubing connected with the
probes shall be able to operate flexibly rather than strained.
(4) Observe and ensure the support shaft moves up and down smoothly without any
abnormities.
6.2.5 Position adjustment of reaction disk optocoupler

(1) Before adjustment, dispense 300ul sodium nitrite with absorbance of 3.3 in 120 cuvettes
and ensure the binding post of two halogen lamps is securely connected with the cuvette mounting
disk cap.
(2) After the instrument enters a standby mode, open the main board debugging program
76
(MainBoard Debug). After online operation, click the Cuvette check button at the bottom of AD
board to start the test program. At this time, the Cuvette check button shows Stop. When the reaction
disk stops spinning, channel 340 will display 406th time, showing that the test is finished. At this
time, click Stop button to finish the test.
(3) Extraction of test results:
a) Find the Txt folder under Main board debugging program directory and copy the text file
under Txt folder to a same folder under PanTestProcessV1.01.exe, and rename it as All.txt.
b) Run the PanTestProcessV1.01.exe software and generate a text file Result.txt, and then
move the position of optocoupler according to the requirements of software test results (if the
operator takes a direct view on the optical unit, the Left movement prompt of software means it
moves to the left side and the Right movement prompt means it moves to the right side). The
allowable relative deviation of the cuvette center and light point is ±0.0715mm, which shows the
installation of optocoupler meets requirements. The position of the optocoupler after adjustment is
shown in figure below.
Fig. 6-2-7 Diagram of position debugging of reaction disk optocoupler
No. Name No. Name

1 Adjusted optocoupler
6.2.6 Position adjustment of mixing bar 1

(1) After the reaction disk is reset, click Zero on the ST14 menu of reaction disk mechanism. At
this time, the mixing bar 1 shall have operated to the highest point.
(2) After ensuring the reaction disk is reset, click the Swing 4 on ST14 swinging. At this time,
the mixing bar 1 shall align to the central position of #39 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset.
Observe the number of steps of the mixing motor and ensure it is 598-608, or another adjustment is
required.
(3) Input 600 in the box in front of Lower on ST14 lifting and lowering and click Lower. At this
time, the mixing bar 1 will lower and the tip of the mixing bar 1 will align to the central position of
#39 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If the position is incorrect, please adjust with the steps
below.
a) When the mixing bar 1 moves along the arc and is not at the central position, adjust the
jackscrew on mixing support shaft to make the mixing bar 1 located in the central position of the
cuvette.
b) If the mixing bar 1 is not located in the center of cuvette, adjust the screws fixing the mixing
device to make the mixing bar 1 in the center of the cuvette.
c) After the two steps above are finished, lift the mixing bar 1 to the highest point (the
operation in step (1)) and then repeat step (2) and (3) to make the mixing bar 1 located in the center
of cuvette.
(4) Click the Reset of reaction disk mechanism to make the reaction disk reset. And then, click
the Swing 1 on ST14 swinging. At this time, the mixing bar 1 shall align to the central position of
#40 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. Observe the number of steps of the mixing motor and
ensure it is 684-694, or another adjustment is required.
77
#40 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it is not at the central position, please consider the
position of Swing 1 and Swing 4 in a comprehensive way to make it located in an optimal position
between them.
(6) After mixing bar 1 lowers at the cuvette, if clicking Mixing bar 14 in the reaction disk
mechanism, mixing bar 1 will start spinning and the mixing bar shall not have interference with the
cuvette.
(7) Click the Rinse on ST14 swinging, and then the tip of mixing bar 1 will align to the central
position of upper plane of reaction disk mixing device 1 rinsing bath outlet. If it does not align to the
central position, please adjust with the steps below.
a) Adjust the two fixing screws of the rinsing bath to make the tip of mixing bar 1 align to the
b) After the adjustment, repeat the operation in step (7) until it is well aligned.
6.2.7 Position adjustment of mixing bar 2
(1) After the reaction disk is reset, click Zero on the ST23 menu of reaction disk mechanism. At
this time, the mixing bar 2 shall have operated to the highest point.
(2) After ensuring the reaction disk is reset, click the Swing 2 or Swing 3 on ST23 swinging. At
this time, the mixing bar 2 shall align to the central position of #69 cuvette after the reaction disk is
reset. Observe the number of steps of the mixing motor and ensure it is 980-990, or another
adjustment is required.
#69 cuvette after the reaction disk is reset. If it does not align to the central position, please adjust
with the steps below.
a) When the mixing bar 2 moves along the arc and is not at the central position, adjust the
jackscrew on mixing support shaft to make the mixing bar 2 located in the central position of the
cuvette.
b) If the mixing bar 2 is not located in the center of cuvette, adjust the screws fixing the mixing
device to make the mixing bar 2 in the center of the cuvette.
c) After the two steps above are finished, lift the mixing bar 2 to the highest point (the
operation in step (1)) and then repeat step (2) and (3) to make the mixing bar 2 located in the center
of cuvette.
(4) After clicking Swing 2 or Swing 3 on ST23 swinging, clicking Lower and clicking Mixing
bar 23 in the reaction disk mechanism, mixing bar 2 will start spinning and the mixing bar shall not
have interference with the cuvette.
(5) Click the Rinse on ST23 swinging, and then the tip of mixing bar 2 will align to the central
position of upper plane of reaction disk mixing device 2 rinsing bath outlet. If it does not align to the
central position, please adjust with the steps below.
a) Adjust the two fixing screws of the rinsing bath to make the mixing bar 2 tip align to the
b) After the adjustment, repeat the operation in step (5) until it is well aligned.
78
Chapter 7 Maintenance
7.1 System maintenance preparation

To ensure the accuracy and precision of the analyzer, the user should operate strictly according to
this User Manual, and a regular maintenance is also a necessity. This is the only way to make
sure a long useful life and a reliable result, which is provided by analyzer.
Please prepare the following items before carry out system maintenance
7.1.1 Analyzer and Tools
(1)Accessories
Item Usage
Cross screwdriver for demounting analyzer cover board
Acupuncture needle for cleaning sample probe and reagents probe
Fixing block for adjusting the height of the stirring rod
Cleaning probe tool for cleaning probe when blocked
(2)To be prepared by user
Item Usage
Clean gauze cleaning parts
Swab for cleaning sample probe and reagents probe
Vacuum Cleaner for cleaning cooling fan and radiator filter
for drainage the cold water and discharge the
Buckets (two)
reagent waste
Test tube brush for cleaning the cleaning tank
Graduate or breaker (3L or 5L) for water supply to tank
7.1.2 Pure water

For routine run, maintenance and checkup, please use purified water with conductivity 1 μs/cm
max. A regular maintenance of the purified water equipment is also a necessity. Please operate
according to the manual of the purified water equipment or contact the supplier of the purified
water equipment.
7.1.3 Detergent
The detergent is used for cleaning all parts of analyzer. All kinds of detergents could be purchased
from DIRUI company. Other brand detergents may cause the uncleanness of cuvette, reagent
probe, sample probe, stirring rod, pipe line, and finally result a cross contamination. Our company
is not responsible for the inaccuracy, which is conducted by the other kind of detergent.
There are three kinds detergents for CS serial:
(1)CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent: Place CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent
on the 45 position on reagent disk 1, reagent disk2. Put 6mL CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free
Detergent in incubation bath when exchange water. If the detergent is not added in, air bubble may
attach on the cuvette, and the bacterial may grow in the incubation bath. Owing to there is no
conductance, the liquid sensor cannot detect liquid level normally. The reagent probe may
automatically suck detergent on 45 position for reagent probe cleaning. Wipe all parts of analyzer
or immersion cuvette with 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphate-free Detergent.
(2)CS-Alkaline Detergent: The CS-Alkaline Detergent in the detergent bottle which located in the
front of analyzer is used for cleaning cuvette. Detergent on W1 position in sample disk is used for
79
cleaning sample probe. Place in the sample disk set position and is used for sample probe sample
probe cross contamination avoidance cleaning.
(3)CS-ISE Detergent: The CS-ISE Detergent on W2 position is used for cleaning for sample probe,
dilution bath, ISE pipe line after ISE test.
7.2 The Application of system maintenance menu
Click “ ” button of the main function menu to start the analyzer maintenance. Select
maintenance information in the list by mouse, or remove
↑” “↓”“ key on keyboard, click
“ ” button, start maintenance. Analyzer will carry out reset operation first among
all maintenance operation.
Some maintenance item allow stop in the midway, click “ ” to finish the
maintenance operation. For those not allow stop in the midway, take other operation after
maintenance finish. In order to exit the system maintenance menu, click “ ”
button.
If there is an abnormity, an “Alarm” hint will be shown on the menu.
7.2.1 Reset
Select “Analyzer Reset” in “Maintenance Item List” work area, then click “Execute”. The
analyzer will automatically return to the initial position. There will be an “Alarm” hint if mistakes
happen. Emergency stop is not allowed while resetting. Take other operation when computer
stand-by. Strongly suggest user execute reset operation after emergency stop or after adjustment of
reagent probe, sample probe and stirring rod.
7.2.2 Cleaning water tank
Select “Water Tank” in “Maintenance Item List” work area, and then click “Execute”. The
analyzer will automatically cleaning the water tank immediately. Emergency stop is not allowed
during operation. Take other operation when computer stand-by. The water quality will be
contaminated if bacterial grow in the incubation bath.
7.2.3 Light quantity checkup
Select “Light Quantity Checkup” in “Maintenance Item List”, and then click “Execute”. The
analyzer will carry out the “Light Quantity Checkup”. The previous “Absorbency Value” and
current one could be shown at the same time. (As Figure 7-2-1 shows). Check the menu to choose
printout the result or not. The absorbency value should be≤ 18000. Click “End Main tenance” to
complete the light quantity checkup operation.
Normally, carry out the light quantity checkup once a month. Carry out the light quantity checkup
after replace bulb, then proceed the test after the absorbency value qualified.
80
Figure 7-2-1 Light Quantity Checkup
7.2.4 Cuvette blank check

Select “Cuvette blank Test” in “Maintenance Item List” work area, then click “Execute”. The
analyzer will carry out cuvette blank check for 120 cuvettes.
The cuvette blank check value will be shown on the system maintenance menu (as Figure 7-2-2
shows). Click “Print” button to print out the cuvette blank check value. Click “End Maintenance”
key to complete the cuvette blank check operation.
Normally, carry out the cuvette blank check once a week is suggested. Carry out cuvette blank
check after replace the cuvette. Then proceed the test after the cuvette blank check value qualified.
Do not proceed sample test if the cuvette blank check value is abnormal, it may influence the
accuracy of the test result.
Figure 7-2-2 Cuvette Blank Check
81
“Cuvette number” tandem: display the number of 1~120 cuvettes

“340~800”tandem: display the cuvette blank value of 120 cuvettes corresponding to the different
wavelength of 340nm, 380nm, 405nm, 450nm, 480nm, 505nm, 546nm, 570nm, 600nm, 660nm,
700nm, 800nm.
“1”(No.1 cuvette) rank: display the cuvette blank value of 12 type different wavelength of No.1
cuvette. If the cuvette blank value <18000 or less is considered as a qualified one.
“2”(No.2 cuvette) rank: display the difference between two cuvette: the difference cuvette blank
value between No.1 cuvette and No.2 cuvette, a ±800 difference value is considered as a qualified
one.
3~120 cuvette rank: display the difference between 3~120 cuvette.
7.2.5 Air exhaustion of syringe
Select “Syringe Exhaust” from “Maintenance” work area. then click “Execute”. The plunger of
syringe move up and down in order to exhaust the air of syringe. Emergency stop is not allowed
during operation. Take other operation when computer stand-by.
Carry out Air exhaustion function when replace syringe or replace the connection pipeline of
syringe.
7.2.6 Rinsing /air exhaust detergent pipeline
Select “Rinsing/air exhaustion of detergent pipeline” function, click “Execute”. The analyzer will
automatically exhaust the air in detergent pipeline. Emergency stop is not allowed during
operation. Take other operation when computer stand-by.
Carry out this function when detergent bottle with CS-Alkaline-Detergent discharged, and there is
air in the connection pipeline.
7.2.7 Rinsing reaction cuvette
Select “Rinsing reaction cuvette” function, click “Execute”, analyzer will automatically Rinsing
120 cuvettes. Click “End Maintenance” key to end this operation.
Rinsing cuvette once a week in order to avoid the dirt in cuvette influence the test result. Carry out
Rinsing cuvette function when cuvette blank value abnormal, if cuvette blank value is still not
qualified after Rinsing, replace the cuvette.
7.2.8 Rinsing ISE matching cup
Click in the main menu. After connecting ISE and setting up the use of ISE in the
software, place a new cup of CS-ISE Detergent in W2. Select “Rinse ISE matching cuvettes” and
click the “Execute” key. The analyzer starts to rinse ISE matching cuvettes. Click the “End
Maintenance” key to finish the operation.
It’s suggested that “Rinse ISE matching cuvettes” should be carried out once a week. Carry out
ISE calibration after rinsing ISE matching cuvettes.
If ISE device is not connected, or connected but not set, all ISE maintenance cannot be used,
the hint bar may hint: please check if ISE device can be used.
7.2.9 Rinsing ISE flow cell
After connecting ISE and setting up the use of ISE in the software, place a new cup of CS-ISE
Detergent in W2. Click in the main menu. Select “Rinse ISE flow cell” and click
the “Execute” key. The analyzer starts to rinse ISE flow cell. Click the “End Maintenance” key to
finish the operation.
It’s suggested that “Rinse ISE flow cell” should be carried out once a month.
82
7.2.10 Rinsing incubation bath

Click “Rinse Incubation Bath” function from “Maintenance Item List”. And then click “Execute”.
The analyzer will automatically carry out the whole process, expel the water from the incubation
bath and infuse new purified water. Meanwhile, reagent probe 1 and reagent probe 2 will suck the
CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent at 45 position of reagent 1 disk and reagent 2 disk.
Each probe suck 6 times, each time 500μL. 6 mL CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor- Free Detergent is
added in the incubation bath. Stop is not allowed in this operation.
Carry out incubation bath water replace function when constant temperature water is contaminated.
Incubation bath will automatically replace water when analyzer start up. If the analyzer is
continuously used for more than 24 hour, alarm issued to hint to carry out the incubation bath
water replace function.
7.2.11 Sample probe vertical checkup
Select “sample probe vertical checkup” function, click “Execute”, analyzer will carry out
single-step vertical operation of sample probe lift mechanism. Click “next” to proceed next
operation, click “End Maintenance” to stop the maintenance operation. Stop is not allowed during
maintenance operation, take other operation when computer stand-by.
For detail introduction of sample probe vertical checkup, please refer to “7.4.1(4)”.
7.2.12 Sample probe horizontal checkup
Select “Sample probe horizontal checkup” function, click “Execute”, analyzer will carry out
single-step horizontal operation of sample probe lift mechanism. Click “Next” to proceed next
For detail introduction of sample probe horizontal checkup, please refer to “7.4.1(4)”.
This operation is taken when carry out sample probe position adjustment or sample probe position
checkup.
7.2.13 Reagent probe vertical checkup
Take 2 reagent bottles with 5mL normal saline, and 2 reagent bottles with 50mL normal saline,
place reagent bottles with 5mL normal saline in No.1 position of R1 and R2 reagent disk, and
select reagent volume, click “Execute”. After that, place reagent bottles with 50mL normal saline
in No.1 position of R1 and R2 reagent disk, and select reagent volume, click “Execute”. Click
“End Maintenance” to stop the maintenance operation.
During test, analyzer will memorize the test level. The test level will be taken as basic value for
calculating remaining reagent volume.
Refer to “7.4.1(4)” for reagent probe vertical check.
7.2.14 Reagent probe horizontal checkup
Select “Reagent probe horizontal checkup” function, click “Execute”, analyzer will carry out
single-step horizontal operation of reagent probe lift mechanism. Click “Next” to proceed next
For detail introduction of reagent probe horizontal checkup, please refer to “7.4.1(4)”.
This operation is taken when carry out reagent probe position adjustment or reagent probe position
checkup.
7.2.15 Stirring mechanism horizontal checkup
Select “Stirring mechanism horizontal checkup” function, click “Execute”, analyzer will carry out
single-step operation checkup of stirring rod lift mechanism.
This function is carry out when adjust the stirring mechanism position (at the side of cuvette or on
the top of rinsing bath).
83
7.2.16 Mechanism operation checkup

Select “Mechanical Action Check” function, input check times, click “Execute”. Analyzer will
automatically carry out mechanism operation checkup.
Alarm issued to hint to carry out the mechanism operation checkup
7.2.17 Barcode reader checkup
Click “bar code reader checkup” function, list all kinds barcode in system maintenance: reagent
disk barcode checkup, sample disk barcode checkup, select one of them and click “Execute” key.
Click “End Maintenance” button to complete scan. Figure 7-2-3 explain the reagent disk barcode
scan and sample disk barcode scan:
Figure 7-2-3
7.2.18 ISE checkup

Select “ISE checkup” function, input check times, and click “Execute”. The check value can be
displayed in the result work area, click “End Maintenance” key to end the operation.
Execute ISE checkup when exchange electrode or after issue ISE alarm.
● Normal range of ISEcheck result:
Item Name Normal Range (Unit: mV)

+
Na -200~200
K+ -300~100
-
Cl -200~200
● The difference between two test values of the same electrode should be less than 0.2mV. If
it exceeds the range, conduct the checkup in accordance with 7.5.6(b).
84
Figure 7-2-4 ISE check
7.2.19 ISE pipeline rinsing
Click in the main menu. Select “Rinsing ISE pipeline”. Select pipeline types
according to actual situations. Click the “Execute” key, and the analyzer starts to carry out
pipeline rinsing. Click the “End Maintenance” key to end the operation.
It’s suggested the user carry out rinsing all ISE pipeline once a month.
Figure 7-2-5 Rinse ISE pipeline
85
7.2.20 ISE diluent pump exhaust
Click on “ ” in the main menu, select “ISE diluent pump exhaust”, and then click the
“Execute” key; when there are bubbles in the ISE pipeline and ISE syringe pump, execute the
function to carry out pipeline exhaust. Emergency stop is forbidden during the operation. Other
operation can be conducted in standby.
7.2.21 Automatically rinse the pipeline of concentrated liquid
The centrifuged serum may contain fibrin to make concentrated waste liquid pipeline blocked if
the serum sample are not concreted completely when testing, or blocked by bacteria that may be
growing it. After test 10000 samples, upper machine software automatically prompts: “Please
rinse concentrated waste liquid pipeline”, and execute rinsing as following steps:
(1)Replace the CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent at Position 45 of R1 and R2 disk with
CS-Alkaline Detergent.
(2)Single-click “ ” in main keypad and select “Automatically rinse concentrated

waste liquid pipeline”, and then single-click “Execute”, the analyzer will carry out pipeline rinsing
automatically as Figure 7-2-6 shows:
Figure 7-2-6
7.2.22 Manually rinse concentrated waste liquid pipeline

When concentrated waste liquid pipeline is dirty, execute manual rinsing of the pipeline as
following steps:
(1)Clamp the concentrated waste liquid outlet at the right lower side of analyzer back cover board
with a hemostatic clamp (about 50mm away from the back cover board).
(2)Unplug the nozzle 1 of rinsing mechanism first as Figure 7-2-7 shows:
86
Figure 10-2-7
(3)Take a 70mL reagent bottle (containing CS-Alkaline Detergent and make sure the distance
between liquid level and bottle lip is approximately 20mm), and insert nozzle 1 into the bottle, and
then single-click “ ” key, then select “Manually rinse concentrated waste liquid
pipeline”, afterwards, the analyzer will execute rinsing automatically after click “Execute” as
Figure 7-2-8 shows:
Figure 7-2-8 Rinse concentrated waste liquid pipeline
(4) After about 5~6 minutes, remove the clamp on the outlet of concentrated liquid, and waste
liquid will be discharged automatically after rinsing.
(5) Replace the CS-Alkaline Detergent in the 70mL bottle with purified water, and repeat the
operation carried out above.
7.2.23Sample probe rinsing
Select “Sample probe rinsing” function, click “Execute”. Analyzer will automatically carry out
rinsing sample probe. It takes 30 minutes. Click “End Maintenance” key to end the operation. We
suggest rinsing sample probe after testing weekly.
87
7.3 Parts and Locations for Maintenance

7.3.1 Parts Required Regular Cleaning, Checking and Replacement
Table 7-3-1 gives periodic cleaning and replacement parts (based on use of 5 hours daily).
(○: denotes periodic cleaning and checking ●: denotes periodic replacement part.)
Table 7-3-1 Parts Required Regular Cleaning, Checking and Replacement
Quantity Yearly Frequency

No Part Refer to
Per use Quantity Daily Required Weekly Monthly Yearly
1 Sample cup ● ——
Sample probe(manual) ○ 7.4.1

2
Sample probe(automatic) ○ 7.2.23
3 Reagent probe ○ 7.4.1

Rinsing bath of reagent
probe
Rinsing bath of sample
4 ○ 7.4.1
probe
Rinsing bath of stirring
rod
Reaction cuvette
5(a) 6sets 24 sets ● ○ 7.4.2
(20pcs/set)
Drain filter of the
6 ○ 7.4.2
incubation bath
Halogen lamp(light
7(b) 1 2 ● 7.4.3
source lamp)
Rinsing mechanism
8 ○ 7.4.4
nozzle
9 Stirring rod ○ 7.4.5
Sample probe syringe
10 ● 7.4.11
Reagent probe syringe
11 Water supply filter ○ 7.4.6
CS-anti-bacterial
12 phosphor free ● 7.1.3
CS-Alkaline Detergent
13 Vacuum tank ○ 7.4.7
14 Cooling water bath ○ 7.4.8

Reagent cooling unit
15 ○ 7.4.9
Sample cooling unit
Cooling fan and dust
16 ○ 7.4.10
proof cover
17(c) Printer ribbon cassette ● specification
18(d) Cuvette blank check ○ 7.2.4
19(e) Purified water equipment ○ ● specification
20 Waste discharge ○ ——
21 Detergent bottle ○ 7.4.2
88
Quantity Yearly Frequency

No Part Refer to
Per use Quantity Daily Required Weekly Monthly Yearly
Automatic rinse of
22 concentrated waste liquid ○ 7.2.21
pipeline
Manual rinse of
23 concentrated waste liquid ○ 7.2.22
pipeline
Note:
(a)The numbers represent the maximum quantities of cuvettes would be used; if the cuvette
blank value is qualified, it is allowed to use the cuvette continually; if it is abnormal after
rinsing, replacement is required.
(b)Replace the lamp as soon as the photometer check value (340nm wavelength) exceeds
18,000. The life span of halogen lamp is 2,000 hours, however, it is recommended to replace
a new one when using for around 750 hours to ensure the accuracy and precision of testing
results.
(c)Laser printer, ink mist printer, and stylus printer are optional. You can select the
corresponding printing-supplies as the printer you selected.
(d)An alarm of “cuvette blank abnormal” may occur if cuvette blank test is not executed
every week.
(e)If the conductivity of purified water has exceeded 1μs/cm, consult the pure water supplier
for solutions.
7.3.2 Parts Required Periodical Replacement

The following spare parts require timely maintenance
Table 7-3-2
item Model name Description Quantity to Stock

1 Halogen lamp (light source lamp) 12V 20W 2
2 Reaction cuvette set(20pcs×6set) 72set
3 3603 ethylene tube 1/8×1/4 inch 5m
4 3603 ethylene tube 1/16×1/8 inch 5m
5 Teflon FEP rigid tube 1.5mm×2.5mm 5m
6 Teflon FEP rigid tube 0.03×1/16 inch 3m
7 Silica gel tube 8mm×14mm 10m
8 Ribbon cassette For printer Proper amount
9 Printing paper For printer Proper amount
10 Water supply filter For supply water connection 1
11 Sample probe For sample 1
12 Reagent probe For sampling 2
13 Stirring rod For stirring 2
14 Nozzle 1, 2 of rinsing mechanism For cleaning 2
15 R1 reagent probe syringe R1 reagent probe sampling 1
16 R2 reagent probe syringe R2 reagent probe sampling 1
17 Sample probe syringe Sample probe sampling 1
89
7.4 Maintenance Method
● Do not spill water, reagent or detergent over the analyzer or mechanical /electrical parts in
order to avoid the damage.
● Do not touch the suction mechanism, sampling mechanism, stirring mechanism, reaction
cuvette rinsing mechanism during operation, or there will be a risk of infection or injury.
● Protective measures should be taken to the operator, such as with protective gloves,
protective glasses and work uniform during operation. Otherwise, there maybe an infection
when touch the contaminated areas and contaminated liquid. Corrosive liquids may cause a
skin injury. If the contaminated liquid or corrosive liquids accidentally touched the body,
please rinse with water immediately, and seek medical advice.
● Pay more attention to the expired tubing or components containing liquid which might
bring risks to the analyzer.
7.4.1 Sample probe and reagent probe

If the probe inside or outside is contaminated, the serum, reagent, water, etc. might easily adhere,
thereby degrading the sampling accuracy and precision or clogging the interior. Wash or clean the
probe from time to time.
(1)Daily washing (automatic washing)
a)Place about 1mL of CS-Alkaline Detergent in W1 position of the sample disc, as Figure 7-4-1
shows:
Figure 7-4-1
Place about 1mL of CS-Alkaline Detergent in sample disk set position to avoid
cross-contamination. Detergent quantity should be placed according to the frequency of rinsing.
If the analyzer is equipped with ISE, place about 1mL of CS-ISE Detergent in W2 position.
b)Set 70mL CS-Anti Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent on 45 position in the reagent
disc(R1,R2).
When sample and reagent probe finish sampling respectively, they may automatically assimilate
CS-Anti Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent or CS-Alkaline Detergent to process the rinsing.
Place the detergent on a designated position When doing cuvette, sample probe avoiding
cross-contamination rinsing.
90
Figure 7-4-2
(2)Cleaning outside of probe tip

a)Turn off the POWER switch of analyzer.
b)Remove the sample or reagent disk cover, and move the probe arm to the top of disk by hand.
Figure 7-4-3
c)Wipe the outside of probe with alcohol cotton swabs.
Figure 7-4-4
As alcohol is flammable, pay attention to it and do not place large amount of alcohol in the
vicinity of the analyzer.
d)Turn on the POWER switch of analyzing unit. Each probe will then return to its reset (home)
position automatically.
(3)Cleaning clogged probe
91
a)Turn off the POWER switch of analyzing unit

b)Pinch the jaw of probe arm and remove the cover, and loosen the connector as Figure 7-4-5
shows:
Figure 7-4-5
Loosen the probe retaining nut as Figure 7-4-6 shows.
Figure 7-4-6
c)Remove the probe.

d)Connect the end of needle cleaner with the probe connector on the connection well as shown
in Figure 7-4-7, thereafter, take a clean standard tube and infuse sodium hypochlorite into the
tube, henceforth, put the probe top into the solution and pull syringe piston to suck the cleaning
fluid which should be discharged after it retains in the needle for 5 minutes. If the probe is still
clogged, repeat the action of pulling and pushing the syringe piston after 5 minutes immersing
of the probe in hot water.
92
Figure 7-4-7
e)After step d), if no liquid comes out of probe top, which indicates that probe is severely
clogged, which needs the penetration of acupuncture needle through the probe tip as shown in
Figure 7-4-8:
Figure 7-4-8
Repeat step d) with needle cleaner assembly after clean-up.

(4)Adjusting probe position
a)Turn on the POWER switch of analyzer
b)Open the system maintenance menu
c)Click “sample probe horizontal checkup”, “sample probe vertical checkup ”, “reagent sample
horizontal checkup” and “reagent sample vertical checkup” in the “maintenance item”.
During adjusting sample probe, make sure to implement the horizontal checkup firstly, then
implement the vertical checkup. The tip of sample probe should be at the center of the
reaction cuvette.
d)During sample probe horizontal checkup, the probe stops above the reaction cuvette. At this
step, adjust the reagent probe so that its tip will be aligned with the center of reaction cuvette.
93
Figure 7-4-9
Please contact maintenance man if the probe tip is not aligned with the center of reaction
cuvette.
e)During reagent probe horizontal checkup, the probe stops above the reaction cuvette. At this
step adjust the reagent probe so that its tip will be aligned with the center of the reaction cuvette,
as Figure 7-4-9 shows.
f)To execute “stirring mechanism horizontal checkup”, when the stirring rod stops above the
reaction cuvette, at this step, check muddler probe tip is aligned with the center of reaction
cuvette.
From overlooking angle to view the sample probe and reagent probe and stirring rod, the
relevant position of the reaction cuvette is as following:
Figure 7-4-10
Click “End Maintenance” key to end operation

Please contact maintenance man if the probe tip and stirring rod probe tip are not aligned with
the center of reaction cuvette.
Process of sample probe up-down mechanism horizontal check:
The movement of the sample probe:
Sample probe → above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing bath (pause)→ outer track 1 position on
sample disk(descend) → above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing bath (pause) → Middle track
W1 position on sample disk (descend) → Above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing bath (pause)
→ Inner track C8 position on sample disk (descend) → Above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing
bath (pause) → ISE diluent bath →Above the reaction cuvette → repeated the whole process.
“ISE diluent bath →Above the reaction cuvette” action only be taken where ISE function is
provided. Home position of the sample probe is reset point.
Process of reagent probe up-down mechanism horizontal check:
The movement of the Reagent probe:
Reagent probe (R1, R2)→ Above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing bath → Reagent bottle →
94
Rinsing bath (pause) →Above the reaction cuvette → repeated the whole process.
*Sample probe R1 and R2 have the same movement according to the sample probe movement.
The movement of the Stirring rod
Stirring rod → Above the reaction cuvette → Rinsing bath →Above the reaction cuvette →
repeated the whole process.
R1, R2 have the same movement according to the Stirring rod movement
g)Sample probe vertical check.
Select “sample probe vertical check”, in “Maintenance” key, and then click “Execute” key, thus,
the sample probe descends until the bottom of sample cup is detected.
h)Take 2 reagent bottles with 5mL normal saline, and 2 reagent bottles with 50mL normal
saline, place reagent bottles with 5mL normal saline in No.1 position of R1 and R2 reagent disk,
and select reagent volume, click “Execute”. After that, place reagent bottles with 50mL normal
saline in No.1 position of R1 and R2 reagent disk, and select reagent volume, click “Execute”.
Click “End Maintenance” to stop the maintenance operation.
During test, analyzer will memorize the test level. The test level will be taken as basic value for
calculating remaining reagent volume.
(5)Cleaning rinsing bath
a)If the Rinsing bath is contaminated, use a tube brush cleaning it with 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial
Phosphor-Free Detergent as Figure 7-4-11 shows:
Figure 7-4-11
b)Infuse 10mL 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent into Rinsing bath.
Figure 7-4-12
95
c)Then, infuse 100mL water into Rinsing bath to wash.

After cleaning, contamination can be eliminated and bacterial can be restrained. Cleaning can
be taken every month. If the analyzer is contaminated while the operation, please cleaning it in
time.
7.4.2 Reaction cuvette
A contaminated reaction cuvette or incubation bath would cause faulty data. Beside, reaction
cuvette get aging after a long period usage. Periodically rinsing reaction cuvette, check the cuvette
blank value of reaction cuvette, if cuvette blank value is abnormal, replace the reaction cuvette .
(1)The confirmation of the contaminated Reaction cuvette
a)Turn on the POWER switch of analyzer.
b)Select “Cuvette blank” function in the “Maintenance” menu, click “Execute”, the analyzer
will carry out the cuvette blank check automatically.
c)The cuvette blank value of the first reaction cuvette should
≤18000, and the difference
between 2~120 cuvette should within the range of -800~800.
The cuvette blank value is the absorbency of each reaction cuvette before adjust the photometer,
data value represent the absorbency of each reaction cuvette from the second reaction cuvette,
data value represent the margin between each reaction coveter (from the second reaction cuvette)
and the first reaction cuvette.
d)If the cuvette blank value is not within a range of -800~800, the relevant reaction cuvette is
contaminated. Clean the reaction cuvette.
The cuvette blank value can be displayed or printed(previous value will be replaced when
the second test finished)
(2)Reaction cuvette cleaning
If the cuvette blank value is not within a range of -800~800, the relevant reaction cuvette is
contaminated. Clean the reaction cuvette. If the usage of the reaction cuvette has exceed the time
limit for replacement, please place a new one.
a)Place CS-Alkaline Detergent (70mL/bottle) in position 45 in the R1, R2 reagent disk
b)Execute “Rinse Reaction Cuvette” in “System Maintenance” window.
c)After rinsing reaction cuvettes, remove CS-Alkaline Detergent and place CS-Anti-Bacterial
Phosphor-Free Detergent. Carry out the cuvette blank check again. If the cuvette blank value
exceeds the ±800, replace the reaction cuvette.
In order to avoid uncleanness cleaning after long time use, immerse the reaction cuvette in 2%
CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent for more than 8 hours every week. Wash the
immersed reaction cuvette with water, and then wash the reaction cuvette with purified
water, and then mount the cuvette on the reaction disk, carry out cuvette blank check, test
after cuvette blank check value is qualified.
(3)Replace reaction cuvette.
If the blank cell value is not qualified after cleaning or if the cuvette is used for over two month,
replace it with a new one.
A new reaction cuvette should be immersed in 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free

Detergent for 8 hours, clean the surface of the cuvette by purified water, and then Mount the
cuvette on the reaction disk, carry out testing. The abnormal cuvette blank value will
influence the accuracy and repetition of the testing result.
96
a)Turn off the power switch.

b)Remove the setscrew of rinsing mechanism when wear protective gloves.
Figure 7-4-13
c)Remove the setscrew of reaction cuvette as Figure 7-4-14 shows.
Figure 7-4-14
d)Take out six set reaction cuvette as Figure 7-4-15 shows:
Figure 7-4-15
e)Mount new reaction cuvette on the reaction disk. 6 sets reaction cuvette should be placed at
the same time in counter direction.
f)Turn on the power switch.
g)Select “Cuvette blank Test” in “Maintenance” menu. Make sure carry out the cuvette blank
check after replace reaction cup. Testing can be carried out after the cuvette blank value is
qualified.
97
● A once-employed reaction cuvette might be contaminated heavily if allowed to dry.

Immerse it in purified water to store it. If the analyzer will be left unemployed for 3 days or
more, remove the reaction cuvettes from the reaction disk and keep them immersed in
purified water.
● Never use any organic solvent (benzene, alcohol) for washing the cuvettes.
(4)Cleaning Incubation Bath and the drain filter of the Incubation Bath.
A clog on drain filter or Incubation contamination will cause the inaccuracy of the testing
data. Thus, Clean the incubation bath periodically. (once a month).
a)Select “Rinse Incubation Bath” function in the “maintenance item list” work area, after closing
the light source lamp, the constant temperature water will be drained from the Incubation bath.
Turn off the power switch.
b)Loosen the rinsing mechanism retaining screw, and remove the rinsing nozzle head, as Figure
7-4-16 shows:
Figure 7-4-16
c)Take out the 6 set reaction cuvette into purified water, loose the retaining screw of the
reaction disk, take out the reaction disk. Place the reaction cuvette in a location free from dust.
If take out the reaction disk and cuvette at the same time, water droplet attached on the
outside of reaction cuvette will drop into the analyzer so that cause the analyzer malfunction.
Therefore take over the reaction cuvette firstly and then take over the reaction disk
secondly.
d)Using washed gauze moisturized with water, clean the reaction bath and photometric window as
Figure 7-4-17 shows. Be careful not to flaw them or attached scrape.
98
Figure 7-4-17
e)Take out the drain filter of the incubation bath as Figure 7-4-18 shows, cleaning by water, and
then return it in place.
Figure 7-4-18
f)Click “Next” key in the “Maintenance” form, infuse pure water into the incubation bath, turn
light and circulation syringe power on.
g)Mount the reaction disk and reaction cuvette after Incubation bath rinsing.
h)Return the rinsing mechanism nozzle head in place and secure it.
i)Select “Cuvette blank Check” function in “Maintenance Item List” work area. Test can be
carried out after the cuvette blank check value is qualified.
The fixed screw of reaction disk must be tightened in the installation to ensure its firm.
(5)Liquid level sensor of the incubation bath
Take out the sensor out of the incubation bath, wipe the outside of sensor with gauze moisturized
with 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent. In order to prevent water from being
contaminated by sensor probe, rinsing once a month is advised.
(6)Cleaning detergent bottle
As the CS-Alkaline Detergent in the detergent bottle is added timely for daily use and
maintenance. After a period of time, there will be dust or white substance separate out. Thus,
monthly cleaning is needed.
a)Pull out the detergent bottle from the analyzer, loose the detergent bottle cap as shown in
Figure 7-4-19. Clean the bottle when only little detergent exists.
99
Figure 7-4-19
b)Swab the outside of the bottle with wet cloth, return the detergent bottle in place, add
CS-Alkaline Detergent (about 1.3 L).
7.4.3 Light source lamp

The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging
light source lamp. Check quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen
lamp in time.
(1) Check quantity of light
Execute "Check quantity of light" in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" of "System
maintenance" window to test the light source power of the Analyzer. The test results will be
displayed as AD value or can be printed. Generally, the value will reach its highest point at 340nm.
(2) Replacement of light source lamp
Method 1:
a) Prepare a new halogen lamp as shown in the figure:
Fig. 7-4-20
Do not touch the surface of the halogen lamp, otherwise, the light intensity value may be
affected. If there are stains such as fingerprints on the surface, wipe it with gauze dipped in
ethanol.
b) Execute "Rinse incubation bath" in "Rinse" of "System maintenance" window, then the
thermostatic water will be drained automatically after the light source lamp and the thermostatic
100
water circulating pump of are closed.

c) Turn off the power of the Analyzer and wait for a while until the lamp house is completely
cooled down (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent ambustion.
d) Screw off fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to remove the cuvette rinsing mechanism.
Take off the fixing knob of the reaction disk and remove the whole reaction disk. Place the reaction
disk at somewhere dry and clean.
Water attached on the cuvette wall may drip into the Analyzer which may lead to the failure
when taking off the reaction disk and cuvette at the same time. Therefore, take off cuvette
first, then remove the reaction disk.
e) Screw off the two fixing screws of the halogen lamp leads and take down the leads as shown
in the figure:
Fixing screws of
halogen lamp leads
Fig. 7-4-21
f) Screw off the two fixing screws of light source holder and take down the halogen lamp as
shown in the figure:
101
Fixing screws of
light source holder
Fig. 7-4-22
g) Replace with a new halogen lamp according to the reverse steps above and pay attention to
screw the bolt tightly; rubber hose for cooling lamphouse cannot be twisted to ensure that screws are
screwed down and leads are not loosen or up warping.
h) Install reaction disk, cuvette, and rinsing mechanism on the original position, and turn on the
power of the Analyzer, then click "Next" button in "Rinse" of "System maintenance" window under
standby status to fill fresh pure water into incubation bath. Execute the function of checking
quantity of light under standby status after the replacement of halogen lamp if its value is qualified.
Method 2:
Step a)-c) are the same as above.
d) Rinsing mechanism can remain not removed while 2 sets of cuvettes under the 2 sets of
mechanism shall be taken off, and cuvette shall be maintained to be clean. Hold the fixed knob of
reaction disk to rotate reaction disk, so as to rotate the position where cuvette is taken off below the
rinsing mechanism, then screw off the fixed knob of reaction disk to remove the disk. Do not scratch
the cuvette.
Steps below are the same as Method 1.
7.4.4 Cleaning the rinsing nozzle

If the rinsing nozzle clogs, the reaction cuvette may not be cleaned adequately so that cause a data
error or other analyzer malfunction. Beside, rinsing water may overflow on the reaction disk to
make it impossible to provide correct data.
(1)Loosen the rinsing mechanism retaining screw by turning it counterclockwise, and remove the
rinsing nozzle head.
(2)Wipe the outside of the nozzle with gauze with 2% of CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free
Detergent.
102
Figure 7-4-23
If the nozzle chip is contaminated heavily or worn excessively, replace it with a new one.
(3)Take out wiping block lightly, rinse it with pure water after rinsing it with 2%
CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent.
(4)Return the wiping block (keep lower horizontal level of wiping block the same level with the
rinsing probe) as Figure 7-4-24:
Figure 7-4-24
(5)Mount the rinsing mechanism in home position.

(6)Carry out the Mechanism Check 10 times, wiping block can’t touch the reaction cuvette and the
rinsing water is filled up to the upper limit level in the reaction cuvette and it does not overflow
from the incubation bath.
7.4.5 Stirring rod
(1)Cleaning the Stirring Rod
A contaminated stirring rod would cause a cross contamination so that influence the accuracy and
precision of the testing result. Clean the Stirring Rod periodically.
Wipe the stirring rod with alcohol gauze, then wipe the liquid on the surface of the stirring rod by
gauze moistened with purified water, which is displayed as follows:
Do not bend the Stirring Rod.
103
Figure 7-4-25
(2)Replacing the stirring rod

a)Turn off the power switch.
b)Loosen the two setscrews one round as Figure 7-4-26 shows.
Figure 7-4-26
c)Wipe front of the new stirring rod with alcohol gauze.

d)Insert the new stirring rod until its end touches the bottom of axis motor. Then, secure it by
M2 as Figure 7-4-27 shows.
Figure 7-4-27
e)Place stirring rod adjust block on the rack of reaction cuvette, then move the stirring rod
above the adjust block as Figure 7-4-28 shows.
104
Figure 7-4-28
f)loosen M2 screw, adjust the stirring rod position, its tip and upper side of adjust block are
supposed to be attached as Figure 7-4-29 shows: tighten M2 screw.
Figure 7-4-29
g)Select “stirring mechanism horizontal check” in “Maintenance” form, single-click “Execute”,

“next” to confirm stirring rod position weather correct. Please contact the customer service
department.
h)Execute 10 times “mechanism movement check” to confirm no abnormality exists.
7.4.6 Supply water filter
The main function of the supply water filter is to prevent the rubber grain and ion exchange resin
get into the inner line of analyzer. If these filters are clogged, water supplied to the incubation bath
and water used for probe/ stirring rod rinsing are decreased significantly so that cause a data error.
To prevent this, clean them every month.
(1)Turn off the purified water supply unit to stop the water supply
(2)Turn off the power switch of analyzing unit.
(3)Make the gauze as a cushion of the filter cap, Loosen the filter cap. Prepare a water container to
receive the water flow.
105
Figure 7-4-30
d)Pull out the filter, rinse the filter with water. Then reassemble it in the reverse order of the
above.
7.4.7 The vacuum tank
Vacuum tank must be emptied if the waste liquid spills into a vacuum tank. Otherwise,
abnormality of other parts may occur (Contact the customer service department when analyzer
abnormality occurs).
(1)Switch off the analyzer main power.
(2)Loosen the two fixing screws of rubber hose on the back of the analyzer, and remove the hose
as Figure 7-4-31 shows.
(3)Unplug the cork and collect the outflow waste liquid with barrel or kind of containers.
Figure 7-4-31
(4)Plug the cork of rubber hose after empty the vacuum tank, and fix the hose on the cover with
the two screws.
7.4.8 Cooling water tank
Cooling water tank is located in the front left of analyzer, and constant temperature water tank is
located in the lower left of the analyzer.
(1)Adding purified water in water tank
If water in the cooling water tank is used many times, it will be dirty and will be in bad water
circulation, and the volume will be reduced due to evaporation To prevent this, exchanging water
in the cooling water bath once a year is a must.
a)Turn off the power switch of analyzer.
106
b)open the left front door of the analyzer, remove the cover of front left lower side of the
analyzer.
Figure 7-4-32
c)Place a container in front of the analyzer and then remove the plugs of hose 173, 17, and 18,
then insert the hoses into the container as shown in figure 7-4-33:
Hose 18
Rubber plug
Hose 17
Hose 173
Figure 7-4-33
d)Fill the hose 17 with purified water via the supplied funnel until water flows out of the hose
173, then plug the end of the hose 173.
e)Keep filling the hose 17 with purified water until water flows out of hose 18, and then plug
the end of the hose 18. Then switch on the main power.
f)The liquid level will decrease after the circulation of cooling water. At this moment, repeat
step “e)” above, then plug the end of hose 17.
g)Reinstall the cover of the analyzer.
(2)Discharge the purified water in constant temperature water tank.
In case of transportation, discharge the purified water in the cooling water tank first.
a)Turn off the main power supply of analyzer.
107
b)Demount the front left cover of analyzer.

c)Pull of the rubber plug as Figure 7-4-34 shows.
Figure 7-4-34
d)Fill in the rubber plug after discharge the water, and mount the cover of analyzer.
7.4.9 Reagent cooling unit and Sample disk tray
The reagent cooling unit and the sample disk tray will be contaminated with sample or dust. Clean
them at least once a month.
(1)Remove the reagent disk and clean the inside of the reagent cooling unit with gauze.
Figure 7-4-35
(2)Then, with gauze, clean the read-out window of the reagent barcode reader.
Figure 7-4-36
108
● The barcode reader used by the analytical system falls into category 2 laser product. The
user should follow the alarm indications. Do not stare at the laser beams, but turn head or
close eyes to make protective reaction.
● When using the analytical system, avoid gazing at the beams intentionally to prevent eyes
from getting hurt.
● When wiping the barcode reader, be sure to turn off the power of the analytical system. If
the user has to look steadily at the laser, please wear protective glasses.
(3)Remove the sample disk, and clean the inside of the sample disk tray with gauze.
Figure 7-4-37
7.4.10 Cooling fan and dustproof cover

Long-term use of the analyzer can make the cooling fan and dustproof cover surface accumulated
dust, so monthly cleaning should be carried out.
(1)Cooling fan cleaning
a)Switch off analyzer main power.
b)Clean the dust on fan with vacuum cleaner.
(2)Dustproof cover cleaning
a)Hold the handles of cooling fan at the both sides and remove the cover directly as Figure
7-4-38 shows:
Figure 7-4-38
b)Clean the dust on the cover with vacuum cleaner.

c)Rinse the cover with clean water.
109
d)Remount the cover after wipe it with cloth.

7.4.11 Sample syringe
The Syringe includes R1 reagent probe syringe, R2 reagent probe syringe, sample probe syringe.
If connected with ISE device, it may include ISE diluent syringe pump too. The span of the
syringe can be 1 million times, and replacement is must in 15 months if use correctly. Contact the
customer service department in order to change a new one.
When rinsing the surface of syringe pump, use pure water only. Organic solution, such as
alcohol, is not allowed to use.
7.4.12 Cooling device

(1)Cooling device
The cooling device is at the rear of analyzer, as Figure 7-4-39 shows:
Figure 7-4-39
The LED display of cooling machine will circulated display the circuit value of semi-conductor
cooling chip 1~4, water tank temperature of cooling system, and analyzer interior temperature.
When the temperature of water tank of cooling system < 5℃~15℃, or the C1~C4 current value is
less than 5A~7 A, alarm will be issued, please contact customer service department.
(2)Troubleshooting of cooling system
When failures (Peltier is frozen, magnetic pump stops working) occurred to the cooling system.
Do as follows:
a)Switch off the main power;
b)Open the left-front door and then remove the left bottom cover, then place a container in front
of the analyzer.
c)Remove the plugs of hose 18 and hose 173, and then water will be seen flowing out of hose
173. Plug the end of hoses until the water flows smoothly and no bubbles are found in the flow.
110
Hose 18
Rubber plug
Hose 17
Hose 173
Figure 7-4-40
d)Switch on the main power and the cooling system will work normally.
If the Peltier is found frozen, thaw it before conducting the operations above.
7.4.13 Maintenance before using stops

Follow the steps below to perform maintenance before using stops for repair:
(1)Remove all the reagent bottles and containers holding samples, calibrators, and controls;
(2)Perform “rinsing cuvettes” in “Maintenance” screen.
(3) Before transport, make sure that the refrigeration system water tank and thermostatic water
tank are drained. For detailed operation, refer to section 7.4.8.
(4)Before transport, make sure the water in the incubation bath is drained. For detailed operation,
refer to 7.2.10.
(5)Be sure to drain the liquid in the syringe pump and other tubes.
(6)You can push the analyzer directly in case of short distance and under flat, stable conditions.
(7)The analyzer must be kept vertical in any movement or transportation.
(8)Try best to avoid vibration. After transportation before use, check and debug the analyzer.
7.4.14 Cleaning and Maintenance of Analyzer
To ensure that the appearance of the analyzer is clean, the outer surface of the analyzer should be
cleaned regularly. You can wipe the outer surface with a damp cloth or gauze, and use a small
amount of clear water if necessary. But you can not use any organic solvent to wipe, so as not to
damage the shell.
During the cleaning process, the operator must pay attention to:
(1)If the hazardous substance leaks on the surface of the equipment or enters the equipment,
proper disinfection should be taken. (Dilute 84 disinfectant in the ratio of 1 : 200, and wipe with it
for disinfection)
(2)It is not possible to use a cleaning agent or disinfectant that causes a hazard in the chemical
reaction with the material contained in the equipment parts or equipment.
111
(3)Consult the manufacturer or its agent if there is any doubt as to the compatibility of the
disinfectant or cleaning agent with the material contained in the equipment or equipment.
7.4.15 Waste Liquid Treatment
The analyzer will produce two kinds of waste liquids during normal operation:
(1)High-concentration waste liquid: produced during the test, containing serum and a variety of
biochemical reagents.
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: consisting of pure water cleaning the analyzer cuvettes, pure
water cleaning the probe mechanisms, overflow water and condensation water.
According to the relevant national laws and regulations, waste liquid must be disinfected before
discharge; for the analyzer product waste, follow the following principles and and then discharge
it:
(1)High-concentration waste liquid: mix "84 disinfectant" and high-concentration waste liquid in
the ratio of 1:50 for disinfection before discharge.
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: whose pH concentration in line with primary standard of the
maximum allowable discharge concentration of pollutants can be directly discharged.
● High-concentration waste liquid can not be mixed with low-concentration waste liquid for
direct discharge.
● The risk of biological and chemical contamination of the waste discharged from the
analyzer should be handled as required.
7.5 ISE device maintenance

7.5.1 Periodical cleaning, checkup and parts replacement
Periodic Cleaning, Checkup and Parts Replacement list
Table 7-5-1 gives periodic cleaning and replacement parts (based on use of 5 hours daily).
(○: Periodic cleaning and check; ●: Periodic replacement and addition.)

Table 7-5-1
Period
No. Item Refer to
Daily Timely Weekly Monthly Every 3 months
1 Syringe pump (diluent, sample) ○ 7.4.11
2 Vacuum tank ○ 7.4.7
3 Matching cuvette ○ 7.5.2
4 Reagent pipeline ○ 7.5.3
5 Na electrode ● 7.5.4
6 K electrode ● 7.5.4
7 Cl electrode ● 7.5.4
8 Reference electrode ● 7.5.4
9 Pinch valve hose(sucking hose) ● 7.5.5
112
Period
No. Item Refer to
Daily Timely Weekly Monthly Every 3 months
10 Flow cell ○ 7.5.6
11 Waste liquid part ○ 7.5.7
7.5.2 Matching cuvette rinse

After ISE tests, matching cuvettes may be contaminated by protein, fat, and bacteria. So weekly
rinsing needs to be carried out for normal use.
(1)Place a standard cup with about 1mL CS-ISE Detergent in W2 of the sample disk.
(2)After tests of a week, click , select “Rinse ISE matching cuvettes”, and click the
“Execute” key.
7.5.3 ISE reagent pipeline rinse
The ISE reagent pipeline could be contaminated after long time use. Rinsing it monthly according
to the following procedure.
(1)Carry out ISE reagent pipe rinse
a)Dilute the CS-ISE Detergent to 20-fold with pure water, and put 200mL of it into an open
container for use.
b)Pull out the reagent pipettes of the reference liquid, diluent, and internal standard liquid from
the reagent bottles, and insert them into the container which holds the diluted detergent.
Conduct “Rinse all ISE pipeline” three times in the “Maintenance” window.
c)After the rinse, take out the reagent pipettes of the reference liquid, diluent and internal
standard liquid from the detergent container, use pure water to rinse the ISE Detergent adhering
to the pipettes, wipe them dry with gauze, and put them back in the reagent bottles of the
reference liquid, diluent and internal standard liquid.
d)In the “ISE” window of “Maintenance”, conduct twice “Rinse all ISE pipeline”.
(2)ISE check up
Carry out 30 times ISE checkup in “Maintenance” menu, and the result is shown.
The value difference of the two checks on the same electrode should be less than 0.2 mV.
7.5.4 Electrode replacement
● Do not open ISE cover under normal situation, or temperature control error may cause
test result inaccuracy.
● Finish replacing the electrode and checking the analyzer within one hour.
● The useful lifespan of ISE electrode is 6 months or 15000 tests.
● Make sure electrode storage temperature is 1℃~51℃.
113
Figure 7-5-1 Electrode Arrangement
7.5.4.1 Na, K, Cl electrode replacement

After long time usage of ion selective electrode, the electric potential becomes weak. Thus replace
a new electrode is in need.
(1)Electrode replacement time
When slope value is abnormal, alarm will be issued, as Table 7-5-2 shows:
Table 7-5-2
Slop Value
Alarm Info.
Na K Cl
40mV~70mV 40mV~70mV -70mV~-40mV Normal Range
35mV~40mV 35mV~40mV -40mV~-35mV ISE preparation abnormal
Below 35mV Below 35mV Above -35mV ISE slope abnormal
When ISE prepare alarm issued, analysis of current day could be proceed as normal, replace a new
electrode next day. When ISE slope value error occur, replace a new electrode immediately.
If alarm issued even the slope value within normal rage, that indicates the electrode response error.
This is caused by pipeline contamination. Rinse the pipeline to solve this problem.
If the calibration value is normal in previous day, but slope value change rapidly now, do not
exclude other reasons except electrode error. Check if there is a leakage or block in the pipeline.
(2)Way to replace electrodes
a)Open the left ISE cover plate, select an electrode to be replaced, pinch the protective sleeve,
and unscrew the electrode, as the following figure shows:
Figure 7-5-2
b)Pull out the electrode wire. The positions for the electrode wires are shown as follows:
114
Figure 7-5-3
c)After removing the electrode, use cotton swabs to wipe dry the liquid on the place where the
electrode was installed, as the following figure shows:
Figure 7-5-4
d)Install the new electrode and fix it onto the corresponding position in the flow cell, and
connect the other end of the electrode to the connector of the front amplifier board. For detailed
operation, refer to Section 2.3.1.
(3)Electrode debugging
Debug the electrode according to following sequence after replacing an electrode.
a)Carry out “Rinse all ISE pipeline” once in the “Maintenance” menu.
b)Carry out “ISE Check” 10 times in the “Maintenance” menu ten minutes later. The results of
the ISE checks will be shown in the maintenance work area.
c)Carry out ISE calibration once; check if the slope value is within the reference range.
7.5.4.2 Reference electrode replacement
(1)Replacement time
When the slope value of Na, K, Cl are all unstable or lower, please replace a new one.
(2)Replacement method
Choose the reference electrode (Na REF). The replacing method and notice are the same as
“(2)Way to replace electrodes” in “7.5.4.1 Replacement of Na, K and Cl electrodes”.
(3)Confirmation after replacement
a)Carry out “Rinse all ISE pipeline” once in the “Maintenance” menu.
b)Carry out “ISE Check” 10 times in the “Maintenance” menu ten minutes later. The results of
the ISE checks will be shown in the maintenance work area. The results of two checks of the
same electrode should be less than 0.2 unit.
115
c)Conduct ISE calibration once, and check whether the slope is inside the standard range.
7.5.5 Replacement of pinch valve hoses
(1)Open the ISE cover of analyzer analyze unit.
(2)Pull out of the tube and replace a new one. Make sure the tube is not slack while connecting, as
the following figure shows:
Figure 7-5-5
(3)If liquid drops, wipe it with gauze that has been dipped in pure water.
(4)Fix the ISE cover well.
7.5.6 Rinse flow cell
Rinse the flow cell weekly after ISE tests.
(1)Put a cup of newly poured-out CS-ISE Detergent in the W2 position of the sample disk.
(2)After a week of tests, conduct “Rinse ISE Flow Cell” under “Maintenance”.
7.5.7 Cl electrode maintenance
(1)Remove the Cl electrode that is to be maintained. Refer to “7.5.4.1 (2)” for the method.
(2)Place a piece of polishing paper on the table (as the following figure shows). Drip 3 to 5 drops
of pure water on the paper. Remove the electrode seal ring on the front of the electrode, hold the
electrode tip, and keep polishing the electrode tip in the 8-shaped route within the area of dripped
water for 5-10 times, while making the electrode tip perpendicular to the paper, until the electrode
tip renders luster.
Figure 7-5-6
116
● Be sure to make the electrode tip perpendicular to the paper while polishing it.
● Do not polish the electrode tip using over much strength.
(3)Gently wipe the electrode tip to remove impurities using cotton swabs that have been dipped in
pure water. Then let the tip dry.
(4)Drip a small drop of silicone mixture on the surface of the electrode tip. Use cotton swabs to
evenly spread the silicone mixture on the surface of the electrode tip; a thin layer is all right. Then
use cotton swabs to wipe the redundant silicone.
(5)Install the electrode for use.
● The Cl electrode needs maintenance once a month.

● If the Cl electrode has been maintained several times and the electrode seal ring cannot be
fix on the tip evenly, replace the electrode with a new one.
7.5.8 ISE waste unit cleaning

The crystal substance attached on the ISE waste interface may cause inaccuracy of the test result.
Clean it once a week.
(1)Wash the crystal attached on the ISE waste interface into waste container by purified water, and
then wash the waste container by purified water, as Figure 7-5-7 shows:
Figure 7-5-7
(2)Wipe out the liquid by gauze with purified water. Thus there will be no conductive components
on the waste interface and outside of the waste container.
● Touching the waste tube may cause noise jamming while testing.
7.6 Scraped Analyzer Disposal

The expired analyzer cannot be discarded randomly; it can be returned to the manufacturer for
disposal.
117
Chapter 8 Fault analysis

8.1 Fault code list
Fault code range Fault unit
1-1——1-10 R1 mixing mechanism
2-1——2-10 R2 mixing mechanism
3-1——3-2 Rinsing mechanism
4-1—4-6 Reaction disk mechanism
5-1—5-14 Sample probe mechanism
6-1—6-10 Sample disk mechanism
7-1—7-2 Sample syringe pump
8-1—8-9 R1 reagent probe mechanism
9-1—9-9 R2 reagent probe mechanism
10-1—10-4 R1 reagent disk mechanism
11-1—11-4 R2 reagent disk mechanism
14-1—14-2 R1 syringe pump
15-1—15-2 R2 syringe pump
20-1,20-2,21-1,22-1 Reaction tank
143 fault alarm is reported by the main
143-1—143-58
control board
144-1—144-5,145-1—145-5 Refrigeration unit
146-1—146-12 AD acquisition unit
0-1, 0-2,0-3 ,0-4, 0-5, 0-6, 0-7, 0-8, 0-9, 0-10, 0-11, 0-14,
Other fault alarms
0-15,0-20 ,0-21,0-22,0-23,0-24,0-25,0-26,0-27,0-28,0-29,0-254 ,0-255 ,23-1,28-1,
31-1,32-1,33-1,34-1, 35-1, 36-1,41-1, 51-1
18-101 18-102 18-103 16-101 16-102 16-103 ISE fault
8.2 Causes for fault with code and analysis

8.2.1 Fault analysis for R1 mixing mechanism
118
Alarm Brief introduction of Detailed description of alarm

Solutions
code alarm information information
Fault phenomenon 1: mixing mechanism does not move or fails to reach the vertex
Solution:
(1) Please check the movement of the mixing mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the
resistance is large.
Note:
a) The base bushing purchased by the Company in the past is made of metal and the shaft and bushing are
poorly matched, which is likely to cause clamping stagnation. Replace the base first during the maintenance.
b) Please note to observe some fork assemblies that are poorly welded or separated during the maintenance.
(2) Please check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel is loose.
(3) Please check if the mechanism motor wire plug is well connected at both ends.
(4) Please check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
(5) Please change the reaction board.
(6) Please replace the motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can reach the vertex, but the reaction board fails to receive the
R1 mixing mechanism fails to reach optocoupler signal.
Abnormal R1 mixing
1-1 the vertex when it rises at the rinsing Solution: when the instrument is started, cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of pinboard
mechanism
bath side. indicator light ud_st1.
(1) If the indicator light ud_st1 flickers, the optocoupler is normal and the connection between the
optocoupler and the pinboard is normal.
Please check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard to the reaction board is in good condition and if
the plug is well connected at both ends.
(2) If the indicator light ud_st1 does not flicker:
a) Please check whether the conductivity from adapter board J273 to pin 7, 8 and 9 of optocoupler wire
(P273-P403) is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Please check the voltage between pin 7 and pin 9 of plug P273. If the voltage is not 5V, see (3); if the
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 8 of plug P273. When the mixing mechanism reaches the
vertex, the potential shall be high and when the mechanism leaves the vertex, the potential shall be low. If the
potential is normal, please check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
(3) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P285. If the voltage is 5V, please check the
pinboard; if the voltage is not 5V, please check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from the
pinboard J285 to the reaction board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
R1 mixing mechanism fails to reach
Abnormal R1 mixing
1-2 the vertex when it rises at the cuvette The solution is similar to 1-1.
mechanism
side.
Abnormal R1 mixing R1 mixing mechanism fails to leave
1-3 The solution is similar to 1-1.
mechanism the vertex when it descends.
119

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: mixing mechanism does not move.
Solution:
(1) Please check the swing of the mixing mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is
large.
(2) Please check if the connector of mixing mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
(5) If 1-1 alarm is given simultaneously, please check if the mechanism is at the vertex position and if it is at
the vertex position, check if the lifting zeroing optocoupler works normally.
Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can swing, but it cannot reach the position of rinsing bath.
Solution:
(1) Please check if there is friction at the rubber waterproof cap of the mechanism.
(2) Please check if the jackscrew of mixing mechanism support arm is loose.
(3) Please check if the installation position of the left and right limit optocouplers is correct.
R1 mixing mechanism failed to
Abnormal R1 mixing (4) Cover the optocoupler repeatedly under started status, and observe the status of right limit optocoupler
1-4 reach the rinsing tank when moving
mechanism indicator light right_st1.
to it.
(1) If right_st1 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from pinboard J285 to reaction board is in
good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends; or replace the reaction board.
b) If right_st1 does not flicker:
Please check whether the conductivity from adapter board J273 to pin 4, 5 and 6 of optocoupler wire
Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P273. If the voltage is not 5V, see c); if the voltage is
5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P273. When the mechanism swings to the position of the rinsing bath,
the potential shall be low and when the mechanism leaves the position of the rinsing bath, the potential shall
be high. If the potential is normal but the indicator light does not change, check the pinboard; if the potential
is not normal, check the optocoupler.
c) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P285. If the voltage is 5V, please check the
Abnormal R1 mixing
1-5 the cuvette position when moving The solution is similar to 1-4.
mechanism
towards the cuvette.
Abnormal R1 mixing
1-6 reach the rinsing tank during The solution is similar to 1-4.
mechanism
resetting.
Abnormal R1 mixing
1-7 leave the rinsing tank during The solution is similar to 1-4.
mechanism
resetting.
Abnormal R1 mixing R1 mixing mechanism is not on the
1-8 The solution is similar to 1-1.
mechanism vertex when it spins.
120

Solutions
Lifting and descending of R1 mixing
mechanism are abnormal. The
number of steps for the mixing
Abnormal R1 mixing Please check if there is any obstacle on the way for the mixing mechanism to descend, for example, the tube
1-9 mechanism to drop from the vertex
mechanism of mixing and rinsing bath is clamped in the middle of the mechanism.
to the bottom is inconsistent with
that of the rising and the distance
difference is more than 2mm.
Swing of R1 mixing mechanism is
abnormal. The number of steps for
the mixing mechanism to swing
Abnormal R1 mixing Please check if there is any obstacle on the way for the mixing mechanism to swing, for example, the
1-10 from the rinsing bath to the cuvette
mechanism connecting wire of the waterproof case or DC mixing mechanism.
is inconsistent with that of swinging
back and the distance difference is
more than 2mm.
121
8.2.2 Fault analysis for R2 mixing mechanism

Solutions
Solution:
Note:
poorly matched, which is likely to cause clamping stagnation. Replace the base first during the
maintenance.
Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can reach the vertex, but the zeroing position cannot be detected.
Abnormal R2 mixing Solution: when the instrument is started, cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of
mechanism
2-1 the vertex when it rises at the rinsing pinboard indicator light ud_st2.
Note: CS240 and CS300
bath side. (1) If the indicator light ud_st2 flickers, the connecting wire between the optocoupler and the pinboard is
have no such mechanism
normal.
a) Please check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard to the reaction board is in good condition
and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Check the circuit of the optocoupler signal input section of the reaction board.
a) Please check whether the conductivity from adapter board J272 to pin 7, 8 and 9 of optocoupler wire
b) Please check the voltage between pin 7 and pin 9 of plug P272. If the voltage is not 5V, see c); if the
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 8 of plug P272. When the mechanism reaches the vertex, the
potential shall be high and when the mechanism leaves the vertex, the potential shall be low. If the potential
is normal, please check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
c) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P285. If the voltage is 5V, check the pinboard; if
the voltage is not 5V, check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from the pinboard J285 to the
reaction board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in good
condition, please change the reaction board.
122

Solutions
2-2 Abnormal R2 mixing Solution: similar to 2-1.
the vertex when it rises at the
mechanism Note: CS240 and CS300 have no such mechanism.
cuvette side.
2-3 Abnormal R2 mixing R2 mixing mechanism fails to leave Solution: similar to 2-1.
mechanism the vertex when it descends. Note: CS240 and CS300 have no such mechanism.
Solution:
(1) Please check the swing of the mixing mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance
is large.
(2) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
(5) If 2-1 alarm is given simultaneously, please check if the mechanism is at the vertex position and check if
the lifting zeroing optocoupler works normally.
Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can swing, but it cannot reach the position of rinsing bath.
Solution: check if the installation position of the left and right limit optocouplers is correct. When the
instrument is started, cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of right limit optocoupler
Abnormal R2 mixing indicator light right_st2.
2-4 mechanism R2 mixing mechanism fails to reach (1) If right_st2 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
Note: CS240 and CS300 the rinsing tank when moving to it. a) Check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from pinboard J285 to reaction board is in good
have no such mechanism condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Check the circuit of the optocoupler signal input section of the reaction board.
(2) If right_st2 does not flicker:
a) Check whether the conductivity from adapter board J272 to pin 4, 5 and 6 of optocoupler wire
b) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P272. If the voltage is not 5V, see c); if the voltage is
5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P272. When the mechanism swings to the position of the rinsing
bath, the potential shall be low and when the mechanism leaves the position of the rinsing bath, the potential
shall be high. If the potential is normal but the indicator light does not change, check the pinboard; if the
potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
Solution: similar to fault phenomenon 1 of 2-1.
Abnormal R2 mixing Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can swing, but it cannot reach the cuvette position.
2-5 mechanism R2 mixing mechanism fails to reach Solution:
Note: CS240 and CS300 the cuvette when moving to it. (1) Please check if the installation position of the left and right limit optocouplers is correct.
have no such mechanism (2) When the instrument is started, cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of left limit
optocoupler indicator light left_st2.
a) If the optocoupler indicator light left_st2 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
123

Solutions
Check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from pinboard J285 to reaction board is in good
condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. Check the circuit of the optocoupler signal
input section of the reaction board.
b) If the optocoupler indicator light left_st2 does not flicker:
Please check if the indicator light ud_st2 fails. Check whether the conductivity from adapter board J272 to
pin 1, 2 and 3 of optocoupler wire (P272-P402) is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at
both ends.
(3) Please check the voltage between pin 1 and pin 3 of plug P272. If the voltage is not 5V, see (4); if the
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P272. When the mechanism swings to the cuvette
position, the potential shall be low and when the mechanism leaves the cuvette position, the potential shall
be high. If the potential is normal but the indicator light does not change, check the pinboard; if the potential
is not normal, check the optocoupler.
(4) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P285. If the voltage is 5V, please check the pinboard;
if the voltage is not 5V, please check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from the pinboard J285
to the reaction disk board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
reach the rinsing tank during
resetting.
leave the rinsing tank when moving
to it.
2-8 Abnormal R2 mixing R2 mixing mechanism not on the Solution: similar to 2-1.
mechanism vertex when it spins. Note: CS240 and CS300 have no such mechanism.
Lifting and descending of R2
mixing mechanism are abnormal.
The number of steps for the mixing
2-9 Abnormal R2 mixing Please check if there is any obstacle on the way for the mixing mechanism to descend, for example, the tube
mechanism to drop from the vertex
mechanism of mixing and rinsing bath is clamped in the middle of the mechanism.
to the bottom is inconsistent with
that of the rising and the distance
difference is more than 2mm.
Swing of R2 mixing mechanism is
abnormal. The number of steps for
the mixing mechanism to swing
2-10 Abnormal R2 mixing Please check if there is any obstacle on the way for the mixing mechanism to swing, for example, the
from the rinsing bath to the cuvette
mechanism connecting wire of the waterproof case or DC mixing mechanism.
is inconsistent with that of swinging
back and the distance difference is
more than 2mm.
124
8.2.3 Fault analysis for rinsing mechanism

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: rinsing mechanism does not move or fails to reach the designated position.
Solution:
Note:
poorly matched, which is likely to cause clamping stagnation. Replace the base first during the
maintenance.
Fault phenomenon 2: rinsing mechanism can rise, but the zeroing position cannot be detected.
3-1 Abnormal cuvette Cuvette rinsing mechanism fails to
Solution: cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of pinboard indicator light ud_wash.
rinsing mechanism reach the vertex when it rises.
(1) If the optocoupler indicator light ud_wash flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from pinboard J285 to reaction board is in
good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Please change the reaction board.
(2) If the optocoupler indicator light ud_wash does not flicker:
a) Please check whether the conductivity from adapter plate J271 to pin 1, 2 and 3 of optocoupler wire
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P273. When the mechanism rises to the vertex, the
potential shall be high and when the mechanism leaves the vertex, the potential shall be low. If the potential
is normal, check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
If both are in good condition, please change the reaction board.
3-2 Abnormal cuvette Cuvette rinsing mechanism failed to
The solution is similar to 3-1.
rinsing mechanism leave the vertex when descending.
125
8.2.4 Fault analysis for reaction disk

Solutions
Fault phenomenon: the actual counted number of cuvette counting optocoupler is inconsistent with the
number of cuvettes actually rotated.
Solution:
(1) Please check if the locknut of reaction disk is loose.
(2) Please check if there is water drop or other debris at the counting teeth below the reaction disk.
(3) Please check if the gear jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
4-1 Reaction disk fails to find the stop (4) Please check if there is debris between the reaction disk motor gear and driven wheel, if the gears are
Abnormal reaction disk
position poorly engaged, and if there is rust.
(5) Please check if the motor and motor wire are in good condition.
(6) Please check whether the signal status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the counting optocoupler to the reaction disk is in good
condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Check if the counting optocoupler is in good condition.
c) Change the reaction board.
CS-300, 400 fault phenomenon: there is abnormal sound when the reaction disk rotates.
CS-300，400 : Solution:
The rotation steps of reaction disk (1) Please check if the jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
motor are abnormal. (2) Please check if the reaction disk motor gets stuck by the foreign matter.
4-2 Abnormal reaction disk CS-600: CS-600 fault phenomenon: an alarm is given when the reaction disk stops rotating.
When the reaction disk stops, there Solution:
is a counting optocoupler level error (1) Please check whether the status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
or counting error. (2) Please check if the jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
(3) Please check if the counting optocoupler wire is in poor contact.
During the resetting, the reaction Fault phenomenon: after the reaction disk is reset, the reset point does not stop at the position of zeroing
4-3 Abnormal reaction disk disk cannot find the zeroing optocoupler or the zeroing optocoupler fails to detect the reset point.
position. Solution: similar to 4-1.
CS-alkaline detergent placed in
4-6 Insufficient CS-alkaline
front of instrument to rinse cuvettes Please dispense the detergent into the detergent box.
detergent
is insufficient.
Fault phenomenon: during the resetting or normal rotation of reaction disk, the testing sample probe does
not rise/ descend to the zeroing position.
Reaction disk is abnormally locked
4-7 Solution: before the equipment rotates, check whether the lifting/ descending zeroing optocoupler catch of
Abnormal reaction disk by the sample probe during the
sample probe is at the critical position for the covering of the optocoupler, leading to the signal fluctuation
operation
of the lifting/ descending zeroing optocoupler when the probe swings to the reaction disk and making the
optocoupler uncovered.
126

Solutions
Fault phenomenon: when the reaction disk stops rotating, the status of the counting optocoupler is abnormal
or the counting optocoupler does not stop on the gear.
4-8 When the reaction disk stops, there Solution:
is a counting optocoupler level error (1) Please check whether the status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
(2) Please check if the jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
Fault phenomenon: when the reaction disk stops rotating, the number of actually rotated cuvettes is
inconsistent with the set number.
4-9 When the reaction disk stops, there Solution:
is an optocoupler counting error (1) Please check whether the status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
(2) Please check if the jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
127
8.2.5 Fault analysis for sample probe

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: probe cannot rise/ descend, or probe cannot rise to the zeroing position.
Solution:
(1) After the instrument analyzing module is powered off, pull the probe mechanism up and down, and
conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large or uneven.
(2) Please check if the plug of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
(4) Please replace the sample board.
Fault phenomenon 2: probe arm can rise to the zeroing position.
Solution: manually make the sample probe mechanism rise repeatedly to the vertex and observe the status of
pinboard indicator light ud_s.
(1) If the indicator light ud_s flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
5-2 Sample probe cannot rise to the a) Check whether the conductivity of wire (P282-P037) from pinboard J282 to sample board is in good
Abnormal sample probe
vertex condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Replace the sample board.
(2) If the indicator light ud_s does not flicker:
a) Check whether the conductivity of wire (P281-P411) from pinboard J281 to optocoupler is in good
5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P281. When the probe rises to the vertex, the potential shall be high
and when the probe leaves the vertex, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check the
pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
pinboard J282 to the sample board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
If both are in good condition, please change the sample board.
Fault phenomenon 1: touchis normal if the sample probe descends in an empty sample cuvette.
Fault phenomenon 2: touchoccurs when the sample probe descends in a sample cuvette with liquid.
5-3 Touch occurs when the sample Solution:
probe descends (1) Please check if the liquid level signal of the liquid level detection board is normal.
(2) Please check the flexible wire between the liquid level detection board and the mechanism is in poor
contact.
Fault phenomenon 1: probe does not move during the descending.
Solution:
During resetting, sample probe
5-5 (1) Please check if the liquid level signal and contact signal of the liquid level detection board are normal.
Abnormal sample probe fails to leave the vertex when it
(2) Please check whether the wire of the probe lifting motor or connecting motor is in good condition.
descends
Fault phenomenon 2: probe moves during the descending.
Solution: please check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal.
128

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: swing arm does not move or cannot swing to the cuvette position.
Solution:
(1) After the instrument analyzing module is powered off, make the probe mechanism swing to the left and
right, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
(2) Horizontally spin the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel and check if it is loose.
(3) Horizontally spin the timing belt and check if it is too tight.
(4) Check if the plug of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
(5) Check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
(6) Replace the sample board.
(7) Replace the motor.
(8) Check if the lifting zeroing optocoupler works normally.
Fault phenomenon 2: swing arm swing to the cuvette position.
Solution: cover the horizontal rotating optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of pinboard indicator
light swing_s.
5-8 Sample probe failed to reach the
Abnormal sample probe (1) If swing_s flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
cuvette when turning to it.
a) Check whether the conductivity of wire (P282-P037) from pinboard J282 to sample board is in good
b) Replace the sample board.
(2) If swing_s does not flicker:
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P281. When the probe swings above the cuvette,
the potential shall be high and when the probe leaves the position, the potential shall be low. If the potential
is normal, please check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
When the sample probe rotates
5-9 from the cuvette position to other
Abnormal sample probe Solution: similar to 5-8.
position, it cannot leave the cuvette
position.
Fault phenomenon 1: the sample cuvette is not placed and this is a normal phenomenon.
Fault phenomenon 2: the sample cuvette is placed and there is liquid in the cuvette.
5-13 Sample probe fails to detect the Solution:
liquid level when it descends (1) Please check if the liquid level signal of the liquid level detection board is normal.
(2) Please check the flexible wire between the liquid level detection board and the mechanism is in poor
contact.
129

Solutions
Solution:
(1) Manually check the probe mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
(2) Please check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well connected.
5-14 Descending fails to reach the
Abnormal sample probe (3) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
sample liquid level
(5) Please check if the liquid level detection fails.
5-17 Detergent at sample disk Detergent is detected as used up
Please check if detergent at W1 position has been used up.
W1 has been used up when the sample probe descends
5-18 Detergent is not placed at Detergent not detected when
Please check if detergent is placed at W1 position.
sample disk W1 sample probe descends
The difference between two
5-20 (1) Please check if the contact signal and liquid level signal of the liquid level detection board are normal.
Abnormal sample probe adjacent descending heights of
(2) Please check if there is great change in the height of liquid level in the sample cuvette.
sample probe is greater than 5mm
Please check if detergent at W3 position has been used up.
Solution:
Descending height of sample probe (1) Manually check the probe mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
5-24 Abnormal sample probe fails to reach the sample liquid (2) Please check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well connected.
level due to liquid level signal (3) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
Solution:
Descending height of sample probe (1) Manually check the probe mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
5-25 Abnormal sample probe fails to reach the sample liquid (2) Please check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well connected.
level due to contact signal (3) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
Solution:
Descending height of sample probe
5-26 fails to reach the sample liquid
Abnormal sample probe (2) Please check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well connected.
level due to liquid level signal and
contact signal
130
8.2.6 Fault analysis for sample disk

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: sample disk does not move.
Solution:
(1) Manually spin the sample disk, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
When the sample disk stops, there (4) Please replace the sample board.
6-2 Abnormal sample disk is a counting optocoupler level (5) Please replace the motor.
error or counting error. Fault phenomenon 2: when the sample disk rotates to the designated position, sample disk does not stop at
the designated position or after the sample disk rotates to the designated position, the optocoupler fails to
detect it.
Solution:
(1) Please check if the sample disk get stuck during the rotation.
(2) Please check if the counting optocoupler of the sample disk is in poor contact.
Fault phenomenon 1: sample disk does not move.
Solution:
(1) Manually spin the sample disk, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
Fault phenomenon 2: when the sample disk rotates to the designated position, sample disk does not stop at
detect it.
Solution: manually spin the sample disk and observe the status of pinboard indicator light zero_sdisk.
(1) If the indicator light zero_sdisk flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
During the resetting, the sample a) Please check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J282 to the sample board is in good
6-7 Abnormal sample disk disk cannot find the zeroing condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
position. b) Please replace the sample board.
(2) If zero_sdisk does not flicker:
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P277-P408) from pinboard J278 to optocoupler is in good
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P278. When the sample disk spins to the zeroing
position, the potential shall be high and when the sample disk leaves the zeroing position, the potential shall
be low. If the potential is normal, please check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the
optocoupler.
pinboard; if the voltage is not 5V, check whether the conductivity of wire (P282-P048) from the pinboard
J282 to the sample board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are
in good condition, please change the sample board.
131

Solutions
Solution:
(1) Please confirm if the barcode device is connected.
(2) Switch R1 at circuit board side and serial port data wire of the sample, and if the barcode reader cannot
6-10 Abnormal barcode
Sample barcode reader not found be found, check the serial port circuit of the sample disk; if the reader can be found, the sample board is in
device
good condition and this may be caused by data wire or barcode reader error.
(3) Please check the barcode data wire, and if the barcode reader can be found, the data wire is damaged; if
the barcode reader cannot be found, the barcode reader is damaged. Please check the barcode reader.
8.2.7 Fault analysis for sample syringe pump

Solutions
Solution: observe the running status of the sample pump (manually rotate the syringe pump plunger to the
middle position).
(1) During the resetting, the sample pump does not move:
a) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
b) Please check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
c) Please replace the sample board.
d) If the syringe pump motor is damaged, replace the syringe pump.
(2) During the resetting, the sample pump plunger moves upward all the way until an alarm is given:
a) Please check if the optocoupler is intact.
b) Please check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and electric pinboard
7-1 Abnormal sample Sample syringe pump fails to reach and between sample boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
syringe pump the vertex c) Please check the voltage between pin 1 and pin 3 of plug P274. If the voltage is not 5V, see (d); if the
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P274. When the pump moves to the zeroing
position (discharges liquid), the potential shall be high and when the pump leaves the zeroing position, the
potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, please check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal,
check the optocoupler.
d) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P282. If the voltage is 5V, please check the
e) If the optocoupler position is higher, loosen the optocoupler screw, press the optocoupler down and
tighten the screw.
132
Solution: observe the sample pump running status.

(1) During the resetting, the motor does not move:
a) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
b) Please check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
c) Please replace the sample board.
(2) During the resetting, the sample pump plunger moves downward until it leaves the optocoupler and an
alarm is given:
a) Please check if the optocoupler is intact.
7-2 Abnormal sample Sample syringe pump fails to leave b) Please check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and electric pinboard
syringe pump the vertex and between sample boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
c) Please check the voltage between pin 1 and pin 3 of plug P274. If the voltage is not 5V, see (d); if the
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P274. When the pump moves to the zeroing
position (discharges liquid), the potential shall be high and when the pump leaves the zeroing position, the
potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the
optocoupler.
133
8.2.8 Fault analysis for R1 reagent probe

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: R1 probe arm does not move.
Solution:
(1) Manually pull the probe mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
(3) Please measure if the motor inner coil resistance is normal.
(4) Manually spin the motor shaft and observe if the torque is normal. If it is not normal, please replace the
motor.
(5) Please replace R1 reagent board.
Fault phenomenon 2: R1 probe arm can move to the optocoupler position, but the optocoupler fails to detect
the signal.
Solution: manually make R1 probe mechanism rise repeatedly to the vertex and observe the status of
pinboard indicator light ud_r1.
(1) If ud_r1 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
8-1 Abnormal R1 reagent R1 reagent probe fails to reach the
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit
probe vertex when it rises.
board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Please replace R1 reagent board.
(2) If ud_r1 does not flicker:
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P280-P410) from pinboard J280 to optocoupler is in good
b) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P280. If the voltage is not 5V, see (c); if the
voltage is 5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P280. When the optocoupler is covered, the potential shall
be high and when the optocoupler is not covered, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check
the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
pinboard; if the voltage is not 5V, check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from the pinboard
J283 to R1 reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If
both are in good condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
Fault phenomenon: when the reagent probe operates, it touches the wall or bottom of the reagent bottle.
Solution: observe the reagent probe running status.
(1) If the reagent probe touches the bottle wall during the operation, adjust the position of the reagent probe
or the reagent bottle.
(2) If the reagent probe directly touches the bottle bottom during the operation, check if there is reagent in
8-2 Touch occurs at R1 Abnormal descending of R1
the reagent bottle. If there is no reagent, dispense reagent and then conduct test. If there is reagent:
reagent probe reagent probe
a) Please check if all the connecting wires and plugs between the reagent probe and R1 control board are in
good condition.
b) Please check whether the connecting welds of the reagent probe are well welded.
c) Please replace the liquid level detection board.
d) Please replace the reagent probe.
134

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: probe arm cannot move.
Solution:
(4) Manually spin the motor shaft and observe if the torque is normal. If it is not normal, please replace the
motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: probe arm can leave the optocoupler position, but the optocoupler fails to detect the
signal.
When the R1 reagent probe
8-3 Abnormal R1 reagent a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit
descends, it fails to leave the
probe board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
vertex.
a) Please clean the optocoupler.
b) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P280-P410) from pinboard J280 to optocoupler is in good
c) Please check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P280. If the voltage is not 5V, see d); if the
voltage is 5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P280. When the optocoupler is covered, the potential shall
be high and when the optocoupler is not covered, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check
pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both
ends. If both are in good condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
135

Solutions
Solution: reagent arm does not move, repeatedly and manually pull the probe (analog touch), repeatedly
touch the probe tip (simulated liquid level detection), and observe the status of the pinboard indicator light.
Initial status: surface_r1 and touch_r1 are on.
Touch: touch_r1 is off.
Liquid level detected: surface_r1 is off.
(1) After repeated movement, the indicator light flickers normally:
a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit
board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
c) Please adjust the reagent probe so that the reagent probe can move freely in the probe arm.
(2) If the indicator light does not flicker, check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well
connected and if the conductivity is in good condition.
a) Check if the liquid level detection signal wire (P280-P410) is well connected and if the conductivity is in
good condition.
b) Check if the liquid level detection connector is well connected.
c) Measure if the voltage of pin 8 (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P280 is normal. If the potential of pin 8
8-4 Abnormal R1 reagent R1 reagent probe is always in (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P280 is normal, check the pinboard.
probe touch When the liquid level is detected, P280-8surface shall have high level and the indicator light on the board is
off;
When no liquid level is detected, P280-8surface shall have low level and the indicator light on the board is
on;
When there is touch, the optocoupler is covered, P280-9touch shall have high level and the indicator light
on the board is off;
When there is no touch, the optocoupler is not covered, P280-9touch shall have low level and the indicator
light on the board is on.
d) Check if pin 8 (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P280 are short-circuited with 7 (+5V) to elevate the level.
e) Check if the liquid level detection board works properly, and if the status is abnormal, please check the
circuit board. Unplug the J6 and J7 flexible wires on the liquid level detection board and measure the level
status of pins of J6 and J7 from the right to the left (J7: 1empty, 2touch, 3surface; J6: 1ground, 2empty,
3+5V, 4empty).
When the liquid level is detected, J7-3surface shall have high level and the indicator light on the board is on;
When no liquid level is detected, J7-3surface shall have low level and the indicator light on the board is off;
When there is touch, the optocoupler is covered and J7-2touch shall have high level;
When there is no touch, the optocoupler is not covered and J7-2touch shall have low level.
136

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: reagent probe cannot swing.
Solution:
(1) Manually check the swing arm mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is
large.
(2) Please check if the connector of the horizontal rotating motor of the mechanism is well connected at both
ends.
(5) Please check if the lifting zeroing optocoupler works normally.
Fault phenomenon 2: swing arm can swing to the cuvette position, but the optocoupler fails to detect the
signal.
Solution: manually make R1 probe mechanism repeatedly swing above the cuvette and observe the status of
pinboard indicator light swing_r1.
When R1 reagent probe rotates to
(1) If the indicator light swing_r1 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
the cuvette side, the position of
8-5 Abnormal R1 reagent a) Please check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit
cuvette cannot be found (reagent
probe board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
probe cannot swing to the zeroing
position)
(2) If the indicator light swing_r1 does not flicker:
voltage is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P280. When the swing arm swings above the
cuvette, the potential shall be high and when the swing arm leaves the position, the potential shall be low. If
the potential is normal, check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both
ends. If both are in good condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
Fault phenomenon 3: swing arm cannot swing to the cuvette position.
Solution: mechanical maintenance.
When R1 reagent probe rotates
8-6 Abnormal R1 reagent from the cuvette position to other
Solution: similar to 8-5.
probe position, it cannot leave the cuvette
position.
(1) Please check if the timing belt is loose during the vertical movement of R1 probe mechanism.
8-7 Abnormal R1 reagent When the R1 reagent probe rotates, (2) Please check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel is loose during the vertical movement of R1
probe it deviates from the vertex. probe mechanism.
(3) Please check if the motor connecting wire plug is in poor contact.
137

Solutions
(1) Please check whether there is reagent bottle on R1 reagent disk at current position.
(2) If there is liquid in the reagent bottle, the reagent probe does not sense it:
8-8 R1 reagent probe failed R1 reagent probe failed to find a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the liquid level detection board to the reagent circuit board is in
to find reagent bottle reagent bottle good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Replace the liquid level detection board.
c) Replace the reagent probe.
8-9 Abnormal R1 reagent Descending fails to reach the
probe reagent liquid level
(5) Please replace the liquid level detection board.
R1 reagent probe
8-12 5ml vertical check beyond the (1) Please check whether the liquid volume in 70ml reagent bottle at #1 position of reagent disk is 5ml.
detected as abnormal
range (2) Please check if the liquid level detection board is normal.
during vertical check
R2 reagent probe
8-13 50ml vertical check beyond the (1) Please check whether the liquid volume in 70ml reagent bottle at #1 position of reagent disk is 5ml.
detected as abnormal
range (2) Please check if the liquid level detection board is normal.
8-14 Abnormal R1 reagent R1 reagent probe always senses the

probe liquid level status
138
8.2.9 Fault analysis for R2 reagent probe (CS240 and CS300 have no such mechanism)
Solutions
Solution:
(4) Manually spin the motor shaft and observe if the torque is normal. If it is not normal, please replace
the motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: probe arm can move to the optocoupler position, but the optocoupler fails to detect
the signal.
9-1 Abnormal R2 reagent R2 reagent probe fails to reach the
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J284 to R2 reagent board is in good condition
probe vertex when it rises.
b) Replace R2 reagent board.
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J279 to the optocoupler is in good condition
b) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P279. If the voltage is not 5V, see c); if the voltage
is 5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P279. When the optocoupler is covered, the potential shall be
high and when the optocoupler is not covered, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check
c) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P284. If the voltage is 5V, please check the
pinboard; if the voltage is not 5V, please check whether the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard
J284 to R2 reagent board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both
are in good condition, please replace R2 reagent board.
9-2 Touch occurs at R2 Abnormal descending of R2 reagent

reagent probe probe
139

Solutions
Solution:
(4) Manually spin the motor shaft and observe if the torque is normal. If it is not normal, please replace
the motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: probe arm can leave the optocoupler position, but the optocoupler fails to detect the
signal.
9-3 Abnormal R2 reagent When the R2 reagent probe descends,
probe it fails to leave the vertex.
is 5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P279. When the optocoupler is covered, the potential shall be
high and when the optocoupler is not covered, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check
140

Solutions
Solution: reagent arm does not move, repeatedly and manually pull the probe (analog touch), repeatedly
touch the probe tip (simulated liquid level detection), and observe the status of the pinboard indicator
light.
Initial status: surface_r2 and touch_r2 are on.
Touch: touch_r2 is off.
Liquid level detected: surface_r2 is off.
(1) If after repeated movement, the indicator light flickers normally:
(2) If after repeated movement, the indicator light does not flicker:
(a) Check if the flexible wire of the liquid level detection board is well connected and if the conductivity
is in good condition.
b) Check if the liquid level detection signal wire is well connected and if the conductivity is in good
condition.
c) Check if the liquid level detection connector is well connected.
d) Measure if the voltage of pin 8 (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P279 is normal.
R2 reagent probe is always in touch When the liquid level is detected, pin 8surface of P279 shall have high level and the indicator light on the
9-4 Abnormal R2 reagent
or under liquid level detection board is off;
probe
effective status When no liquid level is detected, pin 8surface of P279 shall have low level and the indicator light on the
board is on;
When there is touch, the optocoupler is covered, pin 9touch of P279 shall have high level and the
indicator light on the board is off;
When there is no touch, the optocoupler is not covered, pin 9touch of P279 shall have low level and the
indicator light on the board is on.
If the potential of pin 8 (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P279 is normal, please check the pinboard.
e) Check if pin 8 (surface) and pin 9 (touch) of P279 are short-circuited with 7 (+5V) to elevate the level.
f) Check if the liquid level detection board works properly, and if the status is abnormal, please check the
circuit board. Unplug the J6 and J7 flexible wires on the liquid level detection board and measure the
level status of pins of J6 and J7 from the right to the left (J7: 1empty, 2touch, 3surface; J6: 1ground,
2empty, 3+5V, 4empty).
When the liquid level is detected, pin 3surface of J7 shall have high level and the indicator light on the
board is on;
When no liquid level is detected, pin 3surface of J7 shall have low level and the indicator light on the
board is off;
When there is touch, the optocoupler is covered and pin 2touch of J7 shall have high level;
When there is no touch, the optocoupler is not covered and pin 2touch of J7 shall have low level.
141

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: reagent probe cannot swing.
Solution:
(1) Manually check the swing arm mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is
large.
(2) Please check if the connector of the horizontal rotating motor of the mechanism is well connected at
both ends.
(6) Please check if the lifting zeroing optocoupler works normally.
Fault phenomenon 2: swing arm can swing to the cuvette position, but the optocoupler fails to detect the
signal.
Solution: manually make R2 probe mechanism repeatedly swing above the cuvette and observe the status
of pinboard indicator light swing_r2.
When R2 reagent probe rotates to the
(1) If swing_r2 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
9-5 Abnormal R2 reagent cuvette side, the position of cuvette
probe cannot be found (reagent probe
cannot swing to the zeroing position).
(2) If swing_r2 does not flicker:
a) Check if the conductivity from the pinboard J279 to pin 1, 2 and 3 of the optocoupler wire is in good
is 5V, please check the potential of pin 2 of plug P280. When the probe swings above the cuvette, the
potential shall be high and when the probe leaves the position, the potential shall be low. If the potential is
normal, check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
Fault phenomenon 3: swing arm cannot swing to the cuvette position.
Solution: mechanical maintenance.
When R2 reagent probe rotates from
the cuvette position to other position, Solution: similar to 8-5.
probe
it cannot leave the cuvette position.
(1) Please check if the timing belt is loose during the vertical movement of R2 probe mechanism.
9-7 Abnormal R2 reagent When the R2 reagent probe rotates, it (2) Please check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel is loose during the vertical movement of
probe deviates from the vertex. R2 probe mechanism.
(3) Please check if the motor connecting wire plug is in poor contact.
142

Solutions
(1) Please check whether there is reagent bottle on R2 reagent disk at current position.
(2) If there is liquid in the reagent bottle, but the reagent probe does not sense it:
9-8 R2 reagent probe failed to R2 reagent probe failed to find a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the liquid level detection board to the reagent circuit board is
find reagent bottle reagent bottle in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
b) Replace the liquid level detection board.
c) Replace the reagent probe.
9-9 Abnormal R2 reagent Descending fails to reach the reagent (3) Please check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
probe liquid level (4) Please check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
(5) Please replace the liquid level detection board.
R2 reagent probe
9-12 (1) Please check whether the liquid volume in 70ml reagent bottle at #1 position of reagent disk is 5ml.
detected as abnormal 5ml vertical check beyond the range
(2) Please check if the liquid level detection board is normal.
R2 reagent probe
9-13 (1) Please check whether the liquid volume in 70ml reagent bottle at #1 position of reagent disk is 5ml.
detected as abnormal 50ml vertical check beyond the range
(2) Please check if the liquid level detection board is normal.
9-14 Abnormal R1 reagent R2 reagent probe always senses the

probe liquid level status
143
8.2.10 Fault analysis for R1 reagent disk

Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: reagent disk does not move.
Solution:
(1) Manually spin the reagent disk, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is large.
(5) Please replace R1 reagent disk motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: when R1 reagent disk rotates to the designated position, reagent disk does not stop at
detect it.
Solution: check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel of reagent disk is loose, manually spin the
reagent disk and observe the status of pinboard indicator light cnt_r1.
(1) If the indicator light cnt_r1 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
10-2 Abnormal R1 reagent R1 reagent disk fails to stop at the
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit board is in good
disk specified position
(2) If cnt_r1 does not flicker:
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J275 to the optocoupler is in good condition and
if the connector is well connected at both ends.
5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P277. When the reagent disk spins to the zeroing position, the
potential shall be high and when the reagent disk leaves the zeroing position, the potential shall be low. If
c) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P283. If the voltage is 5V, please check the pinboard;
to R1 reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both
144

Solutions
Solution:
Fault phenomenon 2: reagent disk spins but the zeroing position cannot be found.
Solution: check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel of reagent disk is loose, manually spin the
reagent disk and observe the status of pinboard indicator light zero_r1_disk.
(1) If the indicator light zero_r1_disk flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
a) Check whether the conductivity of wire (P283-P047) from pinboard J283 to R1 reagent circuit board is in
10-3 Abnormal R1 reagent The zeroing position of R1 reagent
good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
disk disk cannot be found
(2) If the indicator light zero_r1_disk does not flicker:
if the voltage is not 5V, please check whether the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J283 to R1
reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in
good condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
Solution:
(2) Please check whether the barcode reader is damaged.
Insert R2 data wire into R1 barcode reader. If R1 barcode reader does not work, please reset the barcode
10-4 Barcode device of R1 R1 reagent barcode reader cannot reader. If it still does not work, please check the barcode reader. If R1 barcode reader works normally, the
reagent disk is abnormal be found barcode reader is normal and this may be caused by the data wire or circuit board error.
(3) Please check whether the data wire is damaged.
Insert R2 serial port data wire at circuit board side into R1 board. If the barcode reader works normally, it
means R1 data wire is damaged. Please check the data wire. If the barcode reader does not work properly,
please replace R1 reagent board.
R1 reagent disk number exceeds
the range of reagent disk number Please check if the upper computer software matches the lower computer program.
number
position
145
8.2.11 Fault analysis for R2 reagent disk (CS-240 and CS-300 have no such mechanism)
Solutions
Solution:
Fault phenomenon 2: when R2 reagent disk rotates to the designated position, reagent disk does not stop at
detect it.
Solution: please check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel of reagent disk is loose, manually
spin the reagent disk and observe the status of pinboard indicator light cnt_r2.
(1) If the indicator light cnt_r2 flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
11-2 Abnormal R2 reagent R2 reagent disk fails to stop at the
disk specified position
(2) If the indicator light cnt_r2 does not flicker:
146

Solutions
Solution:
Fault phenomenon 2: reagent disk spins but the zeroing position cannot be found.
Solution: please check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel of reagent disk is loose, manually
spin the reagent disk and observe the status of pinboard indicator light zero_r2_disk.
(1) If the indicator light zero_r2_disk flickers, the optocoupler, wire and pinboard are normal.
11-3 Abnormal R2 reagent The zeroing position of R2 reagent
disk disk cannot be found
b) Check R2 reagent circuit board.
(2) If the indicator light zero_r2_disk does not flicker:
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard J277 to the optocoupler is in good condition and
if the connector is well connected at both ends.
reagent circuit board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in
(2) Please check whether the barcode reader is damaged.
Insert R1 data wire into R2 barcode reader. If R2 barcode reader does not work, please reset the barcode
reader. If it still does not work, please check the barcode reader. If R2 barcode reader works normally, the
11-4 Barcode device of R2 R2 reagent barcode reader cannot
barcode reader is normal and this may be caused by the data wire or circuit board error.
reagent disk is abnormal be found
(3) Please check whether the data wire is damaged.
Insert R1 serial port data wire at circuit board side into R2 board. If the barcode reader works normally, it
means R2 data wire is damaged.
Please check the data wire. If the barcode reader cannot work properly, please replace R2 reagent board.
R2 reagent disk number exceeds
the range of reagent disk number Please check if the upper computer software matches the lower computer program.
number
position
147
8.2.12 Fault analysis for R1 syringe pump

Solutions
Fault phenomenon: the pump does not move or fails to reach the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of R1 syringe pump (manually rotate the syringe pump plunger to the
middle position).
(1) If during the resetting, R1 syringe pump does not move:
a) Check if the connector of the mechanism motor is well connected at both ends.
b) Check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
c) Replace R1 reagent board.
(2) During the resetting, if R1 syringe pump plunger moves upward all the way until an alarm is given:
14-1 Abnormal R1 syringe R1 syringe pump fails to reach the a) Check if the optocoupler is intact.
pump vertex b) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and pinboard and between R1
reagent boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
c) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P274. If the voltage is not 5V, see d); if the voltage is
5V, check the potential of pin 5 of plug P274. When the pump moves to the zeroing position (discharges
liquid), the potential shall be high and when the pump leaves the zeroing position, the potential shall be low.
If the potential is normal, check the pinboard; if the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
d) Check the voltage between pin 4 and pin 6 of plug P283. If the voltage is 5V, please check the pinboard;
reagent board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in good
condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
Fault phenomenon: the pump does not move or fails to leave the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of R1 pump.
(1) If during the operation, R1 pump does not move:
c) Check the motor drive circuit of circuit board.
(2) During the operation, the motor moves normally and it can leave the optocoupler position:
a) Check if the optocoupler is intact.
14-2 Abnormal R1 syringe R1 syringe pump fails to leave the b) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and pinboard and between R1
pump vertex reagent disk circuit boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
to R1 reagent board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in
148
8.2.13 Fault analysis for R2 syringe pump (CS-240 and CS-300 have no such mechanism)
Solutions
Fault phenomenon 1: the pump does not move or fails to reach the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of R1 syringe pump (manually rotate the syringe pump plunger to the
middle position).
(1) If during the resetting, R2 syringe pump does not move:
c) Replace R2 reagent board.
(2) During the resetting, if R2 syringe pump plunger moves upward all the way until an alarm is given:
15-1 Abnormal R2 syringe R2 syringe pump fails to reach the a) Check if the optocoupler is intact.
pump vertex b) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and pinboard and between R2
reagent boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
reagent board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends. If both are in good
condition, please replace R1 reagent board.
Fault phenomenon: the pump does not move or fails to leave the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of R2 pump.
(1) If during the operation, R2 pump does not move:
c) Check the motor drive circuit of circuit board.
(2) If during the operation, the motor moves normally and it can leave the optocoupler position:
a) Check if the optocoupler is intact.
15-2 Abnormal R2 syringe R2 syringe pump fails to leave the b) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires between the optocoupler and pinboard and between R2
pump vertex reagent disk circuit boards is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
are in good condition, please check the circuit at optocoupler input part of R2 reagent disk circuit board.
149
8.2.14 Fault analysis for reaction tank

Solutions
Solution: observe if the temperature fluctuates.
(1) If the temperature fluctuates:
a) Check if there is water drop at the connector of the temperature sensor circuit.
b) Check if the shielded wire of temperature sensor is in poor contact.
20-1 Temperature of water in Temperature of water in reaction
c) Circulating pump does not work or the tube is blocked.
reaction tank is abnormal tank is above 45°C
(2) If the temperature does not fluctuate:
a) Check if the wire from the temperature sensor to main control board is disconnected or if the plug is in
poor contact.
b) Replace the temperature sensor.
The temperature of water in the (1) Please check if the room temperature is within 15°C~32°C.
20-2 Temperature of water in reaction tank exceeds the range (2) Please check if the reaction tank filter screen is blocked.
reaction tank is abnormal (37°C±0.5°C) (only check during (3) Please check whether the water circulation of the reaction tank is normal.
the operation). (4) Please check if there is water drop at the plug of the temperature sensor circuit.
(1) Please wipe the probe of the reaction tank liquid level sensor.
(2) Please check whether the anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent of the original plant is used, and if there
21-1 Water level in the Water level in the reaction tank is is sufficient anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent at 45# position of the reagent disk.
reaction tank is low low (3) Please check if the instrument is horizontal.
(4) Please re-calibrate the reaction tank liquid level sensor.
(5) Replace the liquid level sensor of the reaction tank.
22-1 Please change water in Water in the reaction tank has not
Please execute "Reaction tank rinsing" or restart the instrument.
the reaction tank been changed for over 24 hours
150
8.2.15 Analysis of other faults

Alarm
Brief introduction of Detailed description of alarm
Warning Solutions
alarm information information
code
(1) Please confirm whether the reagent preparation and placing position are correct.
(2) Please check if there are impurities in the sample.
0-1 Absorbance beyond the The absorbance of reaction
(3) Please check whether there are impurities in the thermostatic water in the reaction tank.
range solution exceeds 3.3ABS
(4) Please check whether the cuvette has cracks or scratches.
(5) Please check if the optical window is clean or if water flows in the window.
Average of values of standard
Value of reagent blank
0-2 solution (1) measured twice is
horizontal check beyond Please check if the reagent becomes voided.
greater than the set value for blank
the range
horizontal check
Difference between absorbance of
(1) Please confirm if allowable absorbance deviation value is correct.
0-3 Value of discreteness calibrator measured twice is
(2) Please check if there is liquid leakage at syringe pump and if reaction tank is clean.
check beyond the range greater than the allowable
(3) Please confirm if there is cross contamination.
deviation absorbance
Calibrated value of K factor differs (1) Please confirm if K factor is correct.
0-4 Value of K factor check
from the previous value for more (2) Please confirm if standard solution deteriorates.
beyond the range
than ±20％ (3) Please confirm if the reagent deteriorates.
0-5 The test result exceeds the linearity (1) Please measure after diluting the sample.
Beyond linearity range
range of the item (2) Please confirm the set value of the linearity range.
The calculated difference value (1) Please check if there are impurities in the sample.
0-6 between light measuring points in (2) Please check if there are impurities or bulbs in the reagent.
Abnormal linearity
the specified light measuring range (3) Please test after diluting the sample.
exceeds the linear limit (4) Please check mixing mechanism.
In calibration of linear (point 2-6),
nonlinear and isozyme-P items, the (1) Please confirm whether the set value of sensitivity test is correct.
0-7 Sensitivity check value is difference value between the (2) Please confirm if the reagent deteriorates.
abnormal average absorbance of calibrator (3) Please confirm whether the input concentration value of standard solution is correct.
(1) and calibrator (N) is lower than (4) Please confirm if calibrator deteriorates.
the sensitivity limit (input value)
During the antigen re-addition
(1) Measure after diluting the sample.
0-8 Prozone check value method and reaction rate ratio
(2) Confirm whether the reagent preparation and placing position are correct.
beyond the range method, the prozone test value
(3) Confirm whether the set value of prozone check is correct.
exceeds the set limit
Reaction boundary In rate A method or 2-point rate (1) Measure after diluting the sample.
0-9 absorbance beyond the method, the absorbance boundary (2) Confirm whether the reagent preparation and placing position are correct.
range check value exceeds the set value (3) Confirm whether the set value of absorbance boundary is correct.
151
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
(1) During the calculation, the
denominator is 0.
(1) Confirm whether the formula is rational.
(2) Threshold is exceeded when
(2) Check if the calibrator concentration is correctly set during multi-point calibration.
0-10 Log or Exp is calculated.
Calculation unavailable (3) Check the absorbance value of light measuring point of the test item.
(3) The calculated absorbance of
(4) Please check whether the reagent and sample volume are sufficient and whether the position is
the test item is smaller than the
correct.
absorbance of calibration solution
1 of the item.
The absorbance of calibrator does
(1) Please check whether the position of calibrator is correct.
0-11 not increase with the increase of
Calculation unavailable (2) Please check whether the absorbance of calibrator of different concentrations increases progressively.
concentration during
(3) Please conduct recalibration.
multiple-point calibration.
High-concentration waste
0-14 High-concentration waste liquid
liquid tube needs to be Please execute "High-concentration waste liquid tube rinsing" in "System maintenance" window.
tube needs to be rinsed
rinsed
Absorbance of sample measured
by nonlinear method (Logit-Log3P,
0-15 Convergence absorbance Logit-Log4P and Logit-Log5P) is
Recheck after diluting the sample.
beyond the range equal to or greater than the
theoretical value and the test result
is displayed as empty.
0-20 (1) Please check the barcode pasting information
Barcode repeated R1 disk barcode is repeated
(2) Rescan the reagent barcode after the check
0-21 (1) Please check the barcode pasting information
R2 or R3 found in R1 disk R2 or R3 found in R1 disk
(2) Rescan the reagent barcode after the check
Detergent at 45# position Barcode at 45# position of R1 disk
0-22 (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
of R1 disk is placed at is pasted at wrong position or
(2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
wrong position detergent is not placed
(1) Barcode is voided when reagent
residual volume is less than the set
0-23 R1 disk bar code has been (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
reagent residual volume.
voided (2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
(2) Reuse the barcode after it is
voided.
(1) Barcode verification fails.
(2) Barcode reagent name not (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
0-24 R1 disk bar code is void. added in "Barcode item settings". (2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
(3) Barcode reagent type (3) Please add corresponding items in barcode item settings.
verification error.
0-25 R2 disk barcode is (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
R2 disk barcode is repeated
repeated (2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
152
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
R1 or R4 found in R2 disk R1 or R4 found in R2 disk
Detergent at 45# position After the barcode at 45# position of
of R2 disk is placed at R2 disk is pasted at wrong position,
wrong position detergent is not placed
(1) Barcode is voided when reagent
residual volume is less than the set
0-28 R2 disk bar code has been (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
reagent residual volume.
voided (2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
(2) Reuse the barcode after it is
voided.
(1) Barcode verification fails.
(2) Barcode reagent name not (1) Please check the barcode pasting information.
0-29 R2 disk bar code is void. added in "Barcode item settings". (2) Please rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
(3) Barcode reagent type (3) Please add corresponding items in barcode item settings.
verification error.
No response is obtained after the
0-254 (1) Please check whether the connection of the serial port communication wires is normal.
Abnormal communication command is sent to the host.
(2) Please restart the instrument and software and then send online command.
Communication is abnormal.
The communication with the host
0-255 (1) Please check whether the connection of the serial port communication wires is normal.
Abnormal communication is abnormal and the
(2) Please restart the instrument and software and then send online command.
communication is interrupted.
Solution: conduct the mechanical motions check for the instrument, use the DC voltage gear of the
multimeter and monitor the low water level float signal. When the water level in the tank drops to a low
water level and after the float signal is converted (usually voltage drops from 0V to 5V), observe the time
relationship between the instrument alarm and low water level float voltage conversion.
(1) If the signal of the low water level float also changes in a short period of time after the instrument
alarm, it indicates that the water gets in the water tank and the water intake speed is slow. In this case,
23-1 Low water level of water Low water level of water supply check if the intake pressure is too low, if the intake tube is too small, if the inlet valve of the water
supply tank tank machine is not fully open, if the inlet valve (SV8 valve) of the instrument is not fully opened or if it is
blocked by foreign object.
(2) If the low water level float signal has not changed after the instrument alarm, it indicates that the water
does not get in the tank, or the float is stuck or damaged. In this case, check if there is water shortage at
water tank of water machine or if water valve of water machine is not open, if the instrument inlet valve
(SV8 valve) cannot be opened completely or if it is blocked by foreign object. If this is not attributed to
above two reasons, the cause may be that the float is stuck or damaged.
153
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
Fault phenomenon:
(1) Feed liquid in the vacuum tank to float the float.
(2) Alarm is given due to abnormal float signal.
Solution: please check if the liquid gets in the vacuum tank.
(1) If the liquid gets in the vacuum tank, observe the condition at the rear of the instrument when the
mechanical motions check for the instrument is conducted. If there is liquid that flows from the degassing
28-1 Waste liquid in vacuum transfer tank direction, it means that there is tube break in the degassing tank. In this case, solve the
There is water in the vacuum tank
tank degassing tank problem.
(2) If there is a lot of liquid in the gas-liquid separator cylinder, it means that SV30 valve or SV31 valve
cannot be opened or the valve is blocked.
(3) If valve SV21 is closed and valve SV30 or valve SV31 is open, when the liquid in the gas-liquid
separator cylinder is discharged, a small amount of liquid or foam flows to the vacuum tank through valve
SV21. This indicates that valve SV21 is not tightly closed, and in this case, clean the valve body or
replace it.
Residual volume of reagent R1 and (1) Call out "Reagent information" window and confirm whether there is reagent below the set value of
31-1 Reagent residual amount
R4 is lower than the set value of the residual reagent volume.
(R1 disk) is too low
system setting interface (2) Please confirm if the set value of reagent residual volume is reasonably set.
Residual volume of reagent R2 and (1) Call out "Reagent information" window and confirm whether there is reagent below the set value of
32-1 Reagent residual amount
R3 is lower than the set value of the residual reagent volume.
(R2 disk) is too low
system setting interface (2) Please confirm if the set value of reagent residual volume is reasonably set.
Residual volume of CS Residual volume of CS series
33-1 series anti-bacterial anti-bacterial phosphor-free Call out "Reagent information" window and confirm if the CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free
phosphor-free detergent detergent at 45# position is less detergent is sufficient.
(R1 disk) is low than 5mL
Residual volume of CS Residual volume of CS series
34-1 series anti-bacterial anti-bacterial phosphor-free Call out "Reagent information" window and confirm if the CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free
phosphor-free detergent detergent at 45# position is less detergent is sufficient.
(R2 disk) is low than 5mL
(1) Reagent remaining times
cannot be calculated due to reagent
name setting error.
35-1 Reagent information (2) Reagent remaining times (1) Please check the barcode pasting information and rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
setting error (R1) cannot be calculated due to reagent (2) Manually register the reagent information.
type setting error.
(3) The item of parameter analysis
is not set.
154
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
(1) Reagent remaining times
cannot be calculated due to reagent
name setting error.
36-1 Reagent information (2) Reagent remaining times (1) Please check the barcode pasting information and rescan the reagent barcode after the check.
setting error (R2) cannot be calculated due to reagent (2) Manually register the reagent information.
type setting error.
(3) The item of parameter analysis
is not set.
Dispensing of registered samples is
41-1 Dispensing completed completed and no sample is further
added.
When the residual reagent volume
required for timing calibration item
51-1 Automatic calibration set in the calibration parameter is (1) Call out "Reagent information" window and confirm the residual reagent volume.
unavailable insufficient to conduct 10 tests, no (2) Replace it with new reagent.
timing calibration will be
conducted for the item.
143 fault alarm is given by the main control board and such alarm cannot directly determine the cause of the fault. The specific circuit board needs to be monitored.
143-1 Time synchronization Sending time synchronization
Respectively check the communication between main control board and control boards is normal.
failed command failed
(1) Please check if the water supplier, solenoid valve, tube and filter screen are normal.
143-2 Dispensing water timeout Water tank fluid circuit system (2) Please check if there is air in water supply tube.
error failure, dispensing water timeout. (3) Please check if the float is normal.
(4) Please check if the main control board and relevant float electrical units are normal.
Use the main control board monitoring software to monitor the fault information and observe whether
Faults detected during AD board
143-3 there is an AD communication fault error. If there is an AD communication fault error, please check if AD
AD board resetting failed resetting and AD board resetting
board power supply is normal. If the power supply is normal, please change AD board, and if the power
failed.
supply is not abnormal, please solve the power supply problem.
(1) After the instrument is powered off, spin the reaction disk and test if the reaction disk resistance is
even, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is uneven.
Faults detected during reaction (2) After the instrument is powered on, manually spin the reaction disk. If the reaction disk shakes, it
143-4 Reaction disk resetting
disk resetting and reaction disk means that the jackscrew of synchronizing wheel of reaction disk motor is loose. Please tighten the
failed
resetting failed. jackscrew of synchronizing wheel.
(3) Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
faults related to the reaction disk, and remove the faults.
Faults detected during sample disk
143-5 Sample disk resetting Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
resetting and sample disk resetting
failed faults related to the sample disk, and remove the faults
failed.
Faults detected during R1 disk
143-6 Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
R1 disk resetting failed resetting and R1 disk resetting
faults related to R1 board, and remove the faults
failed.
155
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
Faults detected during R2 disk Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
143-7 R2 disk resetting failed resetting and R2 disk resetting faults related to R2 board, and remove the faults
failed. Note: CS240 and CS300 have no such alarm
Check if the indication of reaction tank liquid level detector is correct. Check if there is water in the
143-8 Draining of reaction tank
Draining of reaction tank failed reaction tank, and if there is water, check the reaction tank discharge tube. Check if the main control
failed
board and related liquid level detection electrical unit are normal
Use the main control board debugging program, and after the instrument is powered on again, observe the
R1 reagent probe and R2 reagent
143-9 Dispensing detergent power-on process of the instrument. During detergent dispensing, observe if R1 reagent probe and R2
probe fails to finish dispensing
timeout error reagent probe can finish dispensing detergent for 6 times. If either reagent probe fails to complete the
detergent within the set time.
action normally, conduct maintenance on corresponding reagent probe control board.
143-10 R1 liquid level detection R1 liquid level detection failed
Refer to fault analysis for liquid level detection to remove faults
failed when detergent is dispensed
143-11 R2 liquid level detection R2 liquid level detection failed Refer to fault analysis for liquid level detection to remove faults
failed when detergent is dispensed Note: CS240 and CS300 have no such alarm
(1) Please check the reaction tank liquid level and observe if the reaction tank liquid level detector is
143-12 Reaction tank liquid level Reaction tank liquid level
normal.
detection failed detection failed
(2) Please check if the main control board and relevant liquid level detection electrical units are normal.
(1) Check if the reaction tank liquid level detector is clean.
(2) Please check whether there is water in the reaction tank, and if the water level reaches the position that
143-13 Liquid circuit fault for Reaction tank water dispensing
can be detected by the detector.
reaction tank timeout error
(3) Please check whether the reaction tank liquid level detector is normal.
(4) Please check if the main control board and relevant liquid level detection electrical units are normal.
143-14 Barcode scanning timeout Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
Barcode scanning timeout
error faults related to the reagent and sample disk, and remove the faults.
(1) Use the main control board debugging program to monitor, perform "Tube exhaust", observe if the
143-15 Tube air exhausting sample reagent syringe pump exhausts, and if the action is completed normally.
Tube air exhausting timeout
timeout error (2) Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
faults related to the reagent and sample disk, and remove the faults.
143-16 Starting reaction disk Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
Starting reaction disk failed
failed faults related to the reaction disk, and remove the faults.
143-17 Stopping reaction disk Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
Stopping reaction disk failed
failed faults related to the reaction disk, and remove the faults.
(1) Perform the "Sample probe maintenance" and check if the pressure sensor on the sample probe tube is
143-18 normal.
Sample probe blockage Sample probe blockage
(2) Please check if the solenoid valve on the sample probe tube is normal.
(3) Please check if the main control board and relevant pressure detection electrical units are normal.
Dispensing sample failed Last dispensing sample failed
faults related to the negative sample board, and remove the faults.
Dispensing R1 failed Last dispensing R1 failed
faults related to the negative reagent 1, and remove the faults.
156
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
Dispensing R2 failed Last dispensing R2 failed
faults related to the negative reagent 2, and remove the faults.
Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
143-22 Dispensing R3 failed Last dispensing R3 failed faults related to the reagent 2, and remove the faults.
Note: CS240, CS300 and CS600 have no such alarm
143-23 Dispensing R4 failed Last dispensing R4 failed faults related to the reagent 1, and remove the faults.
Mixing 1 failed Last mixing 1 failed
Mixing 2 failed Last mixing 2 failed
143-26 Mixing 3 failed Last mixing 3 failed faults related to the reaction disk, and remove the faults.
143-27 Mixing 4 failed Last mixing 4 failed faults related to the reaction disk, and remove the faults.
(1) Please check whether the waste liquid bottle is full.
143-28 Full waste liquid (2) Please check if the waste liquid bottle sensor is normal.
Full waste liquid container
container (3) Please check if the main control board and electrical units related to liquid level float in waste liquid
bottle are normal.
Float switch fault; high water level
(1) Please check whether the status of the water tank high/ low water level float is normal.
143-29 float detects the signal and low
Float switch error (2) Please check if the signal wire from the float to the main control board is normal.
water level float does not detect the
(3) Please check if the main control board and relevant float detection electrical unit are normal.
signal
143-30 Horizontal reagent Horizontal reagent scanning Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
scanning timeout timeout. faults related to the reagent board, and remove the faults.
(1) Please check if the vacuum pump is normal.
(2) Please conduct the mechanical motions check and check if the pressure of the vacuum tank is too low.
If the pressure is too low, this may be caused by vacuum pump fault or vacuum tank air leakage.
(3) If whether the pressure is too low cannot be decided, please use a pressure gauge to detect vacuum
143-31 Low negative pressure in vacuum
Vacuum pump fault pressure, and the pressure is normal if it is above -70KPa. If the pressure is not normal, conduct
pump
maintenance in accordance with 2); if the pressure is normal, determine if it is caused by the vacuum
pressure switch failure or failure of connecting wire from the pressure switch to the main control board or
main control board failure.
(4) Please observe if the debugging software can read the vacuum pressure value.
Sample barcode scanning timeout
143-32 Sample bar code scanning Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
during test probably caused by
timeout faults related to the sample board, and remove the faults.
mechanical failure
157
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
143-33 Fault detected during ISE resetting Observe if there is ISE alarm information, use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the
ISE resetting failed
and resetting failed fault information, refer to the analysis of faults related to the ISE board, and remove the faults.
143-34 ISE inspection and ISE inspection and maintenance Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
maintenance timeout timeout faults related to ISE board, and remove the faults.
ISE tube rinsing timeout ISE tube rinsing beyond set time
faults related to ISE board, and remove the faults.
143-36 Fault found in ISE test and Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
Fault found in ISE test
follow-up ISE check suspended faults related to ISE board, and remove the faults.
(1) Please observe whether there are other alarms. For example, if low water level alarm is given at the
same time, the low water level fault in water tank shall be resolved.
(2) Observe the gear pump hydraulic pressure gauge, and check if the pressure indicated by the pressure
gauge is about 0.2KPa. If the pressure is low, please check whether the gear pump works properly; if the
143-37 Gear pump pressure beyond the pressure is high, adjust the pressure of the gear pump within the normal range; if the pressure is normal,
Gear pump fault
range check if the circuit from the pressure sensor to the main control board is in good condition.
(3) If the above checks are normal and fault point is not decided, use the main control board debugging
software to monitor whether the AD reading value of the pressure sensor is greater than 2500 when the
gear pump operates. If the value is less than 2500, this may be caused by pressure sensor failure or
disconnected wire between the pressure sensor and the main control board or main control board failure
143-38 R1 disk cover opened R1 disk cover opened
R1 disk cover is closed and the
143-39 R1 disk cover closed instrument will automatically scan
the reagent level
143-40 R2 disk cover opened R2 disk cover opened
R2 disk cover is closed and the
143-41 R2 disk cover closed instrument will automatically scan
the reagent level
Sending reagent reflection
143-42 Sending reagent reflection
information failure, dispensing Refer to 143-44 instrument module fault analysis and causes.
information failure
reagent may fail.
When the temperature of water
(1) Please use the main control board debugging program, and observe whether the temperature display is
tank is higher than 36.5°C, input
normal.
cold water in water tank for
143-43 Water tank water cooling (2) Please observe whether the indoor environment temperature is too high.
cooling, temperature cannot be
timeout (3) Please check if the water supply tube of water tank is normal.
lowered to 35.5°C within 1 minute
(4) Please check if the main control board, temperature sensor and other relevant electrical units are
or the cold water temperature is too
normal.
high.
(1) Please use the main control board debugging program, and monitor whether the communication status
143-44 Fault occurs between instrument between the main control board and slave boards is normal.
Instrument module fault
modules (2) Please check if the main control board and electrical units related to communication of various boards
are normal.
158
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
(1) Please check if the light source is normal.
(2) Please check if the quality of water in incubation bath is normal.
(3) Please check if the cuvette is normal.
143-45 Continuously stained 5 continuously stained cuvettes
(4) Please check whether the reaction disk counting optocoupler is normal.
cuvettes repeated repeated
(5) Please use the data acquisition board inspection program to check if the data acquisition board is
normal.
(6) Please check if the rinsing mechanism probes intake/ discharge water normally.
143-46 AD data fault AD data channeling between the main control board and AD board is normal.
(2) Please check whether the reaction disk counting optocoupler is normal.
143-47 ISE internal standard solution Use the lower computer monitoring software to monitor the fault information, refer to the analysis of
ISE fault found in test
measurement failure faults related to ISE board, and remove the faults.
143-48 Version number reading is normal.
Version number reading timeout
timeout (2) Please check if the main control board and electrical units related to communication of various boards
are normal.
143-49 Illegal test number and reagent
Illegal test item
volume
143-57 Blood clot detected Blood clot detected Please verify clot or other solidified constituent in the sample.
Blood clot detected for Blood clot detected for two
143-58 two continuous times, the continuous times, the sample is Please verify clot or other solidified constituent in the sample. Test after re-process the sample.
sample is skipped skipped.
159
8.2.16 Fault analysis for refrigeration system

Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
(1) Please check if the reagent disk cover is closed.
(2) Please confirm if the ambient temperature meets the requirements of the instrument environment.
144-1 Abnormal refrigeration
Abnormal refrigeration time (3) Please observe if the refrigeration temperature and Peltier current value displayed in Nixie tube of the
system
refrigeration system are normal. If they are abnormal, please check corresponding Peltier and interface
circuit.
(1) Please observe if Peltier current value displayed in Nixie tube of the refrigeration system is normal.
Abnormal refrigeration current (2) Please confirm if the current of relevant circuit is abnormal, and check corresponding Peltier and
system
interface circuit.
(1) Please confirm if the ambient temperature meets the requirements of the instrument environment.
Abnormal water tank temperature (2) Please check if the connecting wire of the water tank temperature sensor and refrigeration control
system
board is normal.
(1) Dispense water to the water tank of refrigeration system.
Abnormal refrigeration liquid level (2) Please check if the water tank float is normal and if the connecting wire of the water tank float and
system
refrigeration control board is normal.
(1) Please check if the communication connecting wire P452 between the refrigeration board and main
144-5 Abnormal refrigeration control board is normal.
Wrong refrigeration status
communication (2) Please check the communication interface circuit of the refrigeration board.
(3) Check the communication interface circuit of the main control board.
(1) Environmental temperature
beyond 15°C~32°C.
(2) If the temperature is above 32°C,
the water tank temperature is too high
Environment (1) Please confirm if the indoor temperature exceeds 15°C~32°C.
144-6 and the incubation bath water
temperature beyond the (2) Please check if the connecting wire of the ambient temperature sensor and refrigeration control board
temperature is too high.
limit is normal.
(3) If the temperature is below 15°C,
the incubation bath temperature is
low, resulting in inaccurate test
results.
(1) Please check whether the refrigeration system works, and if it does not work, please check if the
Refrigeration status (1) Refrigeration system
144-7 power wire P512 of the refrigeration system is normal.
confirmation disconnected.
(2) Please check if the communication wire P452 of the refrigeration system and main control board is
unavailable (2) Refrigeration system failure.
normal.
(1) Please check whether the refrigerating system fan works properly (fan rotates under refrigeration
144-8 Refrigeration fan fault Refrigerating fan rotates abnormally working condition).
(2) Clean the dust on fan dust cover.
145-1 First circuit refrigeration First circuit refrigeration current is
Please check the first circuit refrigeration Peltier and refrigeration chip.
chip fault less than 5A
145-2 Second circuit Second circuit refrigeration current is
Please check the second circuit refrigeration Peltier and refrigeration chip.
refrigeration chip fault less than 5A
160
Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
145-3 Third circuit Third circuit refrigeration current is
Please check the third circuit refrigeration Peltier and refrigeration chip.
145-4 Fourth circuit Fourth circuit refrigeration current is
Please check the fourth circuit refrigeration Peltier and refrigeration chip.
145-5 Fifth circuit Fifth circuit refrigeration current is
Please check the fifth circuit refrigeration Peltier and refrigeration chip.
8.2.17 Fault analysis for AD collector

Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
146-1 First circuit AD Measured value of the first circuit AD
Please check the AD collection board and preamplifier board.
collector fault collector beyond normal range
146-2 Second circuit AD Measured value of the second circuit
collector fault AD collector beyond normal range
146-3 Third circuit AD Measured value of the third circuit
146-4 Fourth circuit AD Measured value of the fourth circuit
146-5 Fifth circuit AD Measured value of the fifth circuit
146-6 Sixth circuit AD Measured value of the sixth circuit
146-7 Seventh circuit AD Measured value of the seventh circuit
146-8 Eighth circuit AD Measured value of the eighth circuit
146-9 Ninth circuit AD Measured value of the ninth circuit
146-10 Tenth circuit AD Measured value of the tenth circuit
Measured value of the eleventh
146-11 Eleventh circuit AD
circuit AD collector beyond normal Please check the AD collection board and preamplifier board.
collector fault
range
146-12 Twelfth circuit AD Measured value of the twelfth circuit
161
8.2.18 Fault analysis for ISE module

Alarm
Warning Solutions
code
Fault phenomenon: the pump does not move or fails to reach the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of dilution pump.
(1) When the instrument works, if the dilution pump does not operate:
a) Check if the conductivity of connector J953 of the mechanism motor is in good condition.
b) Check if the conductivity of motor wire P953 is in good condition.
Abnormal dilution ISE mechanism dilution pump fails to c) Check the motor drive circuit of circuit board.
18-101
pump reach the zero point d) Check if ISE mechanism diluent syringe pump gets stuck.
(2) When the instrument works, if the dilution pump operates normally:
a) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires (wire P011 and wire P64) between the optocoupler
and electric pinboard and between ISE control boards is in good condition and if the connector is well
connected at both ends.
b) Check the optocoupler signal.
Fault phenomenon: the pump does not move or cannot leave the vertex.
Solution: observe the running status of dilution pump.
(1) When the instrument works, if the dilution pump does not operate:
a) Check if the conductivity of connector J953 of the mechanism motor is in good condition.
b) Check if the conductivity of motor wire P953 is in good condition.
Abnormal dilution ISE mechanism dilution pump fails to c) Check the motor drive circuit of circuit board.
18-102
pump leave the zero point d) Check if ISE mechanism diluent syringe pump gets stuck.
(2) When the instrument works, if the dilution pump operates normally:
a) Check if the conductivity of the connecting wires (wire P011 and wire P64) between the optocoupler
and electric pinboard and between ISE control boards is in good condition and if the connector is well
connected at both ends.
b) Check the optocoupler signal.
When the diluent is dispensed in ISE
18-103 Abnormal syringe pump mechanism, syringe pump is not at The solution is similar to 18-101.
zero point.
Waiting sample probe to
16-101 Sample probe dispensing samples Please check if there is an alarm related to sample probe mechanism and solve the problems according to
dispense samples
timeout the solution.
timeout
Waiting for sample Waiting for sample probe for ISE
16-102 Please check if there is an alarm related to sample probe mechanism and solve the problems according to
probe for proportioning mechanism to rinse proportioning
the solution.
cup rinsing timeout cup timeout
Waiting for sample
16-103 Waiting for sample probe for ISE Please check if there is an alarm related to sample probe mechanism and solve the problems according to
probe for flow cell
mechanism to rinse flow cell timeout the solution.
rinsing timeout
162
8.3 Codeless fault causes and analysis

8.3.1 Incubation bath has always been preheated and cannot enter in standby status
Fault phenomenon: incubation bath has always been preheated, and the temperature of incubation bath is
always around 37°C. It cannot enter in standby status and no relevant alarm is given.
Solution:
(1) Please check if the filter screen of incubation bath is clean.
(2) Please check if the water in incubation bath circulates. If the water does not circulate, please check if the
circulating pump works and if the tube is unblocked.
8.3.2 Cross contamination of colorimetric item
Fault phenomenon: there is cross contamination in colorimetric item.
Solution:
(1) Dip the cotton swab with sodium hypochlorite solution to rinse R1 and R2 mixing bars.
(2) Remove R1 and R2 reagent probes and connect the syringe at the connector end. After the connection is
completed, insert the reagent probe tip in the sodium hypochlorite solution and repeatedly pump and push with a
syringe to rinse the inner wall of the reagent probe.
(3) Use the method in (2) to rinse the sample probe.
8.3.3 Sample/ reagent probe liquid level detection problems
Fault phenomenon: sample/ reagent probe misjudges that normal sample dispensing is unavailable for the
liquid surface, or the sample/ reagent probe cannot detect the liquid level.
Solution:
(1) Please confirm if the instrument is effectively grounded.
(2) Clean the probe tip and restart the instrument.
(3) Open the upper shell on the swing arm, expose the liquid level detection board, repeatedly touch the
probe tip (simulated liquid level detection), and observe if the liquid level detection board indicator light D1
follows the liquid level signal (liquid level detected: D1 is on; no liquid level detected: D2 is off). If the indicator
light does not follow, check if the connection between sample/ reagent probe signal cable and liquid level
detection board is normal. If the connection is normal, replace the liquid level detection board.
(4) Open the cover at pinboard end side, repeatedly touch the probe tip (simulated liquid level detection),
and observe the status of the pinboard indicator light.
Initial status: surface _s/r1/r2 is on;
Liquid level detected: surface _s/r1/r2 is off;
If the status is correct, check if the wire between the pinboard to the sample/ reagent board is correct.
If the status is incorrect, check if the wire between the liquid level detection board and pinboard is correct.
(5) Replace the liquid level detection board.
(6) Replace the sample/ reagent probe.
8.3.4 Sample/ reagent probe touch problems
Fault phenomenon: sample/ reagent probe is always in touch.
Solution:
(1) Open the cover at pinboard end side, repeatedly touch the probe tip (simulated liquid level detection),
and observe the status of the pinboard indicator light.
Initial status: touch _s/r1/r2 is on;
Touch: touch_ s/r1/r2 is off;
If the status is correct, check if the wire between the pinboard to the sample/ reagent board is correct.
If the status is incorrect, check if the wire between the liquid level detection board and pinboard is correct.
(2) Open the upper shell on the swing arm, expose the liquid level detection board, confirm if the sample/
reagent probe metal catch effectively covers the optocoupler, and if there is a problem, replace the sample/
reagent probe.
(3) Replace the liquid level detection board.
(4) Replace the sample/ reagent probe.
8.3.5 Incubation bath liquid level sensor problem
Fault phenomenon: incubation bath liquid level sensor can't detect the liquid level or incubation bath liquid
level sensor misjudges the liquid level.
Solution:
(1) Please check whether the probe is cleaned and if there is liquid between the two probes. If there is liquid,
please clean it.
(2) Please confirm if the anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent in R1 and R2 disks is sufficient.
163
(3) Please conduct recalibration.

a) Fix the liquid level detection board box of incubation bath on the rack body as shown in Fig. 8-3-1.
b) Install the liquid level probe on the incubation bath as shown in Fig. 8-3-2.
c) After the steps in a) and b) are completed, conduct follow-up operations without changing the positions
of the control board, probe and shielded wire.
d) Confirm there is no water in the incubation bath (water level is below the probe, and if there is water,
please discharge the water first).
e) Open the liquid level control board protection box, use short circuit cap to short-circuit the two-core pin
of the circuit board marked with GND and RXD as shown in Fig. 8-3-1.
f) Power on again and the indicator light on liquid level detection control board is on and then off about 2s
later, and the calibration is complete. After the calibration, except the flickering status mentioned in the error
alarm (see Table 8-3), others are normal.
g) Unplug the short circuit cap, power on again after outage, and check whether the incubation bath intakes
or discharges the water normally.
h) Pack the liquid level control board protection box.
Fig. 8-3-1 Schematic Diagram of Incubation Bath Liquid Level Detection Control Board
No. Name No. Name

1 Two-core pin
Fig. 8-3-2 Schematic Diagram of Incubation Bath Liquid Level Sensor
No. Name No. Name

1 Liquid level sensor
164
Table 8-3-1 Error Alarm Information
No. Error alarm

After the equipment is powered on, if the indicator light of the liquid level detection control board flickers
1 quickly (4 times per second) twice and then flickers slowly (once per second) twice and circulates in this
way, it indicates no calibration or calibration failure.
After the equipment is powered on, if the indicator light of the liquid level detection control board always
2 flickers quickly, it indicates calibration failure. Check if there is water in the incubation bath or if the
probe touches other object.
After the equipment is powered on, if the indicator light of the liquid level detection control board always
3 flickers slowly, it indicates calibration failure. Confirm if hand or other object is used to touch the shielded
wire of the liquid level sensor during the calibration.
8.3.6 Cuvettes stained continuously

Fault phenomenon: alarm is given for cuvettes stained continuously.
Solution:
(1) Please check whether the pure water in the water purifier meets the requirements of the instrument.
(2) Please rinse the pre-heating bath and cuvette.
(3) Please check if the rinsing mechanism intakes/ discharges water normally.
(4) If the light inspection fails, please replace the halogen bulb.
(5) Please change the cuvette.
(6) Please clean or replace the heat-protecting glass.
8.3.7 Abnormal mixing mechanism
Fault phenomenon 1: the mixing mechanism does not move or fails to reach the vertex.
Solution:
(1) Check the movement of the mixing mechanism, and conduct mechanical maintenance if the resistance is
large.
Note: a) The base bushing purchased by the Company in the past is made of metal and the shaft and bushing
are poorly matched, which is likely to cause clamping stagnation. Replace the base first during the maintenance.
(2) Check if the jackscrew of motor synchronizing wheel is loose.
(3) Check if the mechanism motor wire plug is well connected at both ends.
(4) Check if the conductivity of motor wire is in good condition.
(5) Change the reaction board.
(6) Replace the motor.
Fault phenomenon 2: mixing mechanism can reach the vertex, but the reaction board fails to receive the
optocoupler signal.
Solution: when the instrument is started, cover the optocoupler repeatedly and observe the status of
pinboard indicator light ud_st1.
(1) If the indicator light ud_st1 flickers, the optocoupler is normal and the connection between the
optocoupler and the pinboard is normal.
Check if the conductivity of the wire from the pinboard to the reaction board is in good condition and if the
plug is well connected at both ends.
a) Check whether the conductivity from adapter board J273 to pin 7, 8 and 9 of optocoupler wire
5V, check the potential of pin 8 of plug P273. When the mechanism rises to the vertex, the potential shall be high
and when the probe leaves the vertex, the potential shall be low. If the potential is normal, check the pinboard; if
the potential is not normal, check the optocoupler.
if the voltage is not 5V, please check whether the conductivity of wire (P285-P075) from the pinboard J285 to the
reaction board is in good condition and if the connector is well connected at both ends.
8.3.8 Abnormal reaction disk
Fault phenomenon 1: the actual counted number of cuvette counting optocoupler is inconsistent with the
number of cuvettes actually rotated; the reaction disk fails to find the zeroing position during the resetting.
Solution:
(1) Check if the locknut of reaction disk is loose.
(2) Check if there is water drop or other debris at the counting teeth below the reaction disk.
165
(3) Check if the gear jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.

(4) Check if there is debris between the reaction disk motor gear and driven wheel, if the gears are poorly
engaged, and if there is rust.
(5) Check if the motor and motor wire are in good condition.
(6) Check whether the signal status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
a) Check if the conductivity of the wire from the counting optocoupler to the reaction disk is in good
b) Check if the counting optocoupler is in good condition.
c) Change the reaction board.
Fault phenomenon: the rotating steps of reaction disk motor are abnormal; when the reaction disk stops,
there is a counting optocoupler level error or counting error.
Solution:
(1) Check if the jackscrew of reaction disk motor is loose.
(2) Check if the reaction disk motor gets stuck by the foreign matter.
(3) Check whether the status of the counting optocoupler is normal.
(4) Check if the counting optocoupler wire is in poor contact.
8.3.9 ISE check below standard
Fault phenomenon: potential value of electrode check does not conform to the standards.
a) NA: -200~0mv K:-300~0mv Cl:0~200mv
b) The difference of two successive check values of the same electrode shall be less than 0.2mv.
Solution:
(1) Please confirm if the internal standard solution and reference solution are correct.
(2) Please confirm that the ground wire is grounded and free of virtual grounding.
(3) Observe if the movement is correct during ISE check.
Mainly observe the liquid discharge movement of internal standard solution pump and liquid aspirating
movement of proportioning pump in proportioning cup and observe if there is bubble during the test. If there is
bubble, please locate the air leakage point of the liquid circuit and remove the fault.
(4) Perform "Rinse reference tubing" to see if the reference solution flows (observe the pipette in the
reference solution bucket). If it does not flow, find the cause and solve the problem, rinse the reference tubing
after the test is completed and confirm that there is no bubble in the tube.
Table 8-3-1 Information of Common Abnormal Points in ISE Check
No. Common abnormal points

1 The hose at pinch valve ISV3 and ISV4 breaks away from the pinch valve.
No seal ring provided for the installation of ISE electrodes or incorrect installation of ISE electrodes leads to
2
air leakage.
Tubing air leakage: seal the test tube at both ends, use the syringe to pressurize the tube and observe if there
3
is water leakage.
Tubing blockage: if the machine has not been used for a long time, reference tubing will be blocked. If the
4
machine has not been used for a long time, rinse the tubing with pure water.
(5) If any of Na, K and Cl is tested as unacceptable, replace the unacceptable item to conduct electrode test;
if Na, K, Cl are tested as unacceptable, replace them to conduct reference electrode test. If no reference electrode
is provided, exchange Na electrode with reference electrode to conduct test.
(6) Replace the preamplifier board to conduct test.
8.3.10 ISE calibration below standard
Table 8-3-3 Criterion of Acceptability for ISE Calibration Results (Internal Control)
Acceptability limit
Items
Na K Cl
40mV~70mV 40mV~70mV -70mV~-40mV Slope
Concentration of
120mmol/l~160mmol/l 4mmol/l~6mmol/l 100mmol/l~120mmol/l internal standard
solution
Compensation
-10mmol/l~10mmol/l -0.5mmol/l~0.5mmol/l -10mmol/l~10mmol/l
value
166
Table 8-3-4 Information of Common Abnormal Points in ISE Calibration
No. Common abnormal points

1 The hose at pinch valve ISV3 and ISV4 breaks away from the pinch valve.
No seal ring provided for the installation of ISE electrodes or incorrect installation of ISE electrodes leads to
2
air leakage.
Tubing air leakage: seal the test tube at both ends, use the syringe to pressurize the tube and observe if there
3
is water leakage.
Tubing blockage: if the machine has not been used for a long time, reference tubing will be blocked.If the
4
machine has not been used for a long time, rinse the tubing with pure water.
5 Mixing by mixing bar not adopted.
Solution: under the premise that it is tested acceptable in ISE check.

(1) Please make sure the reagents, calibrators and QC products are correct.
(2) Please confirm that the ground wire is grounded and free of virtual grounding.
(3) Observe the liquid discharge movement of dilution pump, liquid discharge movement of internal
standard solution pump and liquid aspirating movement of proportioning pump in proportioning cup and observe
if there is bubble during the test. If there is bubble, please locate the air leakage point of the liquid circuit and
remove the fault.
(4) If Na and K items are abnormal, Cl slope is within -40mV～-15mV and maintenance has not been
conducted for two weeks, carry out maintenance for chlorine electrode.
(5) If any of Na, K and Cl is tested as unacceptable, replace the unacceptable item to conduct electrode test;
if Na, K, Cl are tested as unacceptable, replace them to conduct reference electrode test. If no reference electrode
is provided, exchange Na electrode with reference electrode to conduct test.
8.3.11 ISE measured value drifting
Fault phenomenon: start testing K or Cl when the instrument is under standby status. If the measured values
drift from high to low or from low to high, the measured values gradually become stable after 10~20 samples are
tested.
Solution: if the above phenomenon repeats and the longer the standby time is, more obvious the
phenomenon becomes, there is pollution at the internal standard solution tubing and diluent tubing.
(1) Dilute CS-ISE detergent with pure water by 3 times, and take 150mL of the solution into an open vessel
for standby application.
(2) Take out the reagent suckers of diluent and internal standard solution from the reagent bottle, and insert
them into container with diluted detergent, and then execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" for 3 times on "System
maintenance" window.
(3) After rinsing, take out the reagent suckers of reference solution, diluent and standard solution from
detergent container, wash the CS-ISE detergent attached to the suckers with pure water, and then wipe the
suckers with gauze, and finally put back the reagent bottles with reference solution, diluent and standard
solution.
(4) Execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" twice on "System maintenance" window.
167
Chapter 9 List of Spare Parts
9.1 List of Easily-worn Parts and Consumables

9.1.1 List of Easily-worn Parts
No. Name SAP Code Remarks
1 Sample Probe Assembly 2002448
2 Reagent Probe Assembly 2002133
3 ISE Syringe Pump Assembly 2000296
100ul Sample Syringe Pump

4 2008822
Assembly
1000ul R1/R2 Syringe Pump
5 2008821/2008820
Assembly
9.1.2 List of Consumables

No. Name SAP Code Replacement Period
1 Cuvette 1007581 3 Months
2 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2001897 2000 Hours
3 Peltier Assembly 2003685 1 Year
4 ISE Na Electrode 1013580 6 Months or 15000 tests
5 ISE K Electrode Body 1013582 6 Months or 15000 tests
6 ISE Cl Electrode 1013581 6 Months or 15000 tests
7 ISE REF Electrode 1013580 6 Months or 15000 tests
ISE Peristaltic Pump Tube

8 2001439 6 Months
Assembly (29)
● The Analyzer is regarded being used for 5 hours per day during calculation
9.2 Maintenance Case Spare Parts List

9.2.1 CS-300B Maintenance Case Spare Parts List
9.2.1.1 Small Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008382)
(Recommended Replaced Period:1year)
No. Name SAP Code Qty.
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
2 P-602 2.5*1.5\ Syringe Pump Transit Connector 1009526 2
3 P-307X\ Syringe Pump Tube Connector 1009527 2
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
7 Tap Filter 1003191 1
168
8 CS400-02-03-05 GRB1\ Insulating Glass 1000064 1
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\Mixing Bar 1008016 2
10 CS400-11-02-01(PPO)\ Reagent Disk Partition 1007501 4
11 CS240\ Tube 112 1045032 1
12 CS240\ Tube 113 1045033 1
13 CS240\ Tube 114 1045034 1
14 CS240\ Tube 115 1045035 1
15 CS240\ Tube 116 1045036 1
16 CS240\ Tube 118 1045038 1
17 CS240\ Tube 119 1045039 1
18 CS240\ Tube 120 1045040 1
19 CS240\ Tube 121 1045041 1
20 CS240\ Tube 122 1045042 1
21 CS240\ Tube 159 2005329 1
22 CS240\ Tube 98 1045128 1
9.2.1.2 Large Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008383)
(Recommended Replaced Period:2years)
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\ Mixing Bar 1008016 2
11 CS240\ Tube 112 1045032 1
12 CS240\ Tube 113 1045033 1
13 CS240\ Tube 114 1045034 1
14 CS240\ Tube 115 1045035 1
15 CS240\ Tube 116 1045036 1
16 CS240\ Tube 118 1045038 1
169
17 CS240\ Tube 119 1045039 1
18 CS240\ Tube 120 1045040 1
19 CS240\ Tube 121 1045041 1
20 CS240\ Tube 122 1045042 1
21 CS240\ Tube 159 2005329 1
22 CS240\ Tube 98 1045128 1
23 FPH1-12708AC(40*40)\Peltier 1013593 5
9.2.1.3 ISE Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008383)
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\Mixing Bar 1008016 2
11 CS240\ Tube 112 2005377 1
12 CS240\ Tube 113 2005378 1
13 CS240\ Tube 114 2005379 1
14 CS240\ Tube 115 2005380 1
15 CS240\ Tube 116 2005381 1
16 CS240\ Tube 118 2005382 1
17 CS240\ Tube 119 2005383 1
18 CS240\ Tube 120 2005384 1
19 CS240\ Tube 121 2005385 1
20 CS240\ Tube 122 2005386 1
21 CS240\ Tube 159 2005329 1
22 CS240\ Tube 98 2005375 1
23 FPH1-12708AC(40*40)\Peltier 1013593 5
24 CS-400ISE\ Tube 23（400ISE） 2000676 1
170
25 CS-400ISE\ Tube 15（400ISE） 2000674 1
26 CS-400ISE\ Tube 24（400ISE） 2000675 1
9.2.2 CS-400/600 Maintenance Case Spare Parts List

9.2.2.1 Small Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008382)
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\Mixing Bar 1008016 2
11 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 112 1045222 1
12 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 113 1045223 1
13 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 114 1045224 1
14 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 115 1045225 1
15 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 116 1045226 1
16 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 118 1045227 1
17 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 119 1045228 1
18 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 120 1045229 1
19 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 121 1045230 1
20 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 122 1045231 1
21 CS-400\CS400 Tube 159 1045147 1
22 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 98 1045262 1
9.2.2.2 Large Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008383)
(Recommended Replaced Period:2years)
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
171
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\Mixing Bar 1008016 2
11 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 112 1045222 1
12 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 113 1045223 1
13 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 114 1045224 1
14 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 115 1045225 1
15 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 116 1045226 1
16 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 118 1045227 1
17 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 119 1045228 1
18 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 120 1045229 1
19 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 121 1045230 1
20 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 122 1045231 1
21 CS-400\CS400 Tube 159 1045147 1
22 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 98 1045262 1
23 FPH1-12708AC(40*40)\Peltier 1013593 5
9.2.2.3 ISE Maintenance Case Spare Parts List (SAP Code: 2008383)
1 98553-10 1/8PP(CS-400)\ Check Valve 1009859 1
4 P-353\ Clamp 1008074 2
5 H322-3-2\ Lock Nut 1006955 4
6 H323-3-1-2\ Lock Bolt 1006956 4
9 CS400-08-01(CS-400-06-20)\Mixing Bar 1008016 2
11 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 112 2005204 1
172
12 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 113 2005205 1
13 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 114 2005206 1
14 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 115 2005207 1
15 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 116 2005208 1
16 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 118 2005209 1
17 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 119 2005210 1
18 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 120 2005211 1
19 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 121 2005212 1
20 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 122 2005213 1
21 CS-400\CS400 Tube 159 2005254 1
22 CS-400-15\CS400 Tube 98 2005202 1
23 FPH1-12708AC(40*40)\Peltier 1013593 5
24 CS-400ISE\ Tube 23（400ISE） 2000676 1
25 CS-400ISE\ Tube 15（400ISE） 2000674 1
26 CS-400ISE\ Tube 24（400ISE） 2000675 1
9.3 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts

9.3.1 List of Assembly Spare Parts
1 Sample Probe Unit Assembly 2002245

Cuvette Rinsing Mechanism Unit
2 2002230
Assembly
3 Reagent R1 Probe Unit Assembly 2002243
4 Reagent R2 Probe Unit Assembly 2002244
5 Mixing Device 1 Unit Assembly 2002231
6 Mixing Device 2 Unit Assembly 2002232
7 Optical Unit Assembly 2002229
8 Syringe Pump Assembly 2002235
9 Cooling Power Assembly 2002237
9.3.2 List of PCB& Switch Power Spare Parts

1 Master Control Board 2001942
2 Reaction Board 2001943
173
3 Sample Control Board 2001944
4 Reagent 1 Control Board 2001945
5 Reagent 2 Control Board 2001946
6 ISE Control Board 2001568
7 ISE Front Amplifier Board 2001567
8 Motherboard 2006387
9 Plug Board 2006386
10 Solid-state Relay Board 2000384
11 CoolingControl Board 2001947
12 Data Collection Board 2001932

Sample Probe Liquid Level
13 2001960
Detecting Board
Reagent Probe Liquid Level
14 2001961
Detecting Board
Alkaline Detergent Box Liquid
15 2001529
Level Detecting Board
Incubation Bath Liquid Level
16 2001514
Detecting Board
17 Power Display Lamp Board 2000383
18 Sample Disk Indicator Lamp Board 2000382
19 5V Switch Power 1013432
20 ±12V Switch Power 1013433
23 Cooling 12V Switch Power 1013456
24 Cooling 5V Switch Power 1013436
9.3.3 List of Sensor Spare Parts

1 Incubation Bath 37℃ Sensor 2003493 Wire J448

Water Inflow Water Tank 34℃
2 2003498 Wire J450
Sensor
3 Cooling Temperature Sensor 2003509 Wire P453
5 2003480 Wire J443N
Sensor
Sample Probe Pipeline Pressure
6 2003400 Wire J447
Sensor
7 Vacuum Tank Pressure Switch 2003500 Wire J446
174
8 Vacuum Tank Liquid Level Sensor 2000160 Wire J809
9 Room Temperature Sensor 2003478 Wire P801
9.3.4 List of Pump Spare Parts

Water Inflow Water Tank Magnetic
1 2003397 Wire J517
Pump Assembly
2 Vacuum Pump Assembly 2000368
Cooling System Magnetic
3 2003399 Wire P525
Circulating Pump Assembly
37℃ Water Tank Magnetic Water
4 2003490 Wire J516
Pump Assembly
Gear Pump Wire J520 (with
5 Magnetic Gear Pump Assembly 2003491
Connector)
9.3.5 List of Motor Spare Parts

1 R1 Mixing Motor 2003393 Wire J439 C
2 R2 Mixing Motor 2003396 Wire J438 C

Mixing R1 Swing Arm and Lifting
3 2003391 Wire J439
Motor
Mixing R2 Swing Arm and Lifting
4 2003394 Wire J438
Motor
Reagent R1 Probe Swing Arm and
5 2003390 Wire J431
Lifting Motor
Reagent R2 Probe Swing Arm and
7 2003388 Wire J437
Lifting Motor
Sample Probe Unit Swing Arm and
8 2003386 Wire J425
Lifting Motor
9 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor 2003383 Wire J434
10 Sample Disk Driving Motor 2003483 Wire J427
9.3.6 List of Heating Rod Spare Parts

Water Inflow Water Tank 34℃ Wire J518 (Including 450W
1 2003497 Heating Rod and Temperature
Heating Rod
Incubation Bath System 37℃
2 2003492 Wire J515
Heating Rod
9.3.7 List of Pipeline System Function Spare Parts

100ul Sample Syringe Pump
1 2008822
Assembly
2 1000ul R1 Syringe Pump Assembly 2008821
3 1000ul R2 Syringe Pump Assembly 2008820
175
4 Pressure Regulating Valve 1025475
5 Pressure Gauge 1011854 G46-4-02M-C

Water Inflow Water Tank Pressure
6 1011853 Y60-0.4 Stainless Steel
Gauge
7 Degassing Tank Assembly 2001890
8 Degassing Transit Tank Assembly 2000414
9 Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank 2000424 Liquid-gas Separating Bottle
10 Vacuum Tank Assembly 2002452

Water Inflow Water Tank Float
11 2003496 Wire J442; High Low Float
Switch
12 Cooling Water Tank Float Switch 2003510 Wire P454
13 Vertical Cooling Device 2002010
14 Water-cooling Block 1013517
15 Fan 1013501
16 Alkaline Detergent Storage Tank 1000595
9.3.8 List of Solenoid Valve Spare Parts

1 SV1.SV2.SV3 2003511 Wire J417; Three Valve Assembly
2 SV4.SV5.SV6.SV9 2003512 Wire J422
3 SV8 2003501 Wire SV8
4 SV10 2003506 Wire 416
5 SV11.SV15 2003507 Wire J420
6 SV12 2003502 Wire SV12
7 SV13 2003499 Wire SV13
8 SV14 2003503 Wire SV14
9 SV16 2003494 Wire J419
10 SV21 2003504 Wire SV21
11 SV30 2003505 Wire J418
12 SV31 2003495 Wire J421
13 SV42.SV43 2003508 Wire J423
14 Five Valve Assembly 2001990 Wire J416, J420, J423
15 ISE ISV1.ISV7 2000297
176
16 ISE ISV2 2000299
17 ISE ISV3 1009866
18 ISE ISV4 1009857
19 ISE ISV5 2002152 Wire J958
20 ISE ISV6 2000331 Wire J959
9.3.9 Other Spare Parts List

1 Monitoring and Control Wire Cable 2002466

Sample Barcode Reader
2 2002174
Assembly(Low)
3 Reagent Disk Waterproof Plug 1034410
4 Peristaltic Pump Tube 1009370

Power Switch(indicator
5 2001927
light)Assembly
177
9.4 Unit Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List
9.4.1 Optical Unit (CS-400-02-00)
Optical Unit SAP Code: 2002229
No. Name SAP Code Remark
1 Grating Box ——
Data Collection Board 08+09 (with
2 2001932
burned program)
Outsourcing finished products need
2-01 Data Collection Board-08 2006382
to be delivered with 09
Outsourcing finished products need
2-02 Data Collection Board-09 2006383
to be delivered with 08
Reaction disk count and
3 Wire J406 2003382
return-to-zero optocoupler
4 Front Lens Tube Assembly ——
Absorb heat radiation from light
4-01 Heat Insulation Glass 1000064
source irradiating on lens
5 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2001897
Connect optical unit AD board and
6 Wire P027 2003457
master control board
178
CS-400-02-00
1
4
4-01
5 2-01
2-02
179
9.4.2 Sample Probe Mechanism
9.4.2.1 Sample Probe Mechanism Overall Unit (CS-400-04-00A)
Sample Probe Mechanism Overall Unit SAP Code: 2002245
Sample Probe Mechanism Upper
1 —— CS-400-04-00A(a)
Half Part
Sample Probe Mechanism Lower
2 —— CS-400-04-00A(b)
Half Part
180
CS-400-04-00A
181
9.4.2.2 Sample Probe Mechanism Upper Half Part (CS-400-04-00A(a))
Sample Probe Mechanism Upper Half Part SAP Code: ——
1 Sample Probe Compression Spring 1007848
CS400/800 Sample Probe 2002440 Refer to Note 1

2
CS400/800 Sample Probe(New) 2002448 Refer to Note 2
3 Sample Probe Guide Sleeve 1006913
4 Upper Shell of Sample Probe Arm 1007473
5 Syringe Pump Tube Connector 1009528
6 Inner Pressure Plate of Probe Arm 1007474
CS400 Sample Probe Liquid Level

7 Detecting Board (with Burned Program)
2001960 Refer to Note 3
8 Lower Shell of Sample Probe Arm 1007472
9 Shell Connecting Shaft 1004333
Hexagon Socket Set Screws with

10 1008330 M4×5
Cup Point
11 Syringe Pump Transit Connector 1009526
12 Clamp 1008073
Connecting Wire between Sample

13 CS400 Wire J460 Assembly (New) 2004522 Probe Liquid Level Detecting
Board and Sample Probe
●Note 1: If old version sample probe and liquid level detecting board are used for the instrument maintenance, when replacing No.
7 new version “Liquid Level Detecting Board”, one “2004522 CS400 Wire J460 Assemble (New) (Outsourcing)” is needed at the
same time.
●Note 2: If new version sample probe and liquid level detecting board are used for the instrument maintenance, No. 7 liquid level
detecting board can be replaced directly.
●Note 3: This number is for new version liquid level detecting board. During replacement, because of the older version liquid level
detecting board is stop being used, the matched sample probe assemble needs to be replaced. For details refer to No. 2 remark.
182
CS-400-04-00A（a）
12 4
11
5
1
2 6
13
7
3
9
10
183
9.4.2.3 Sample Probe Mechanism Lower Half Part (CS-400-04-00A(b) )
Sample Probe Mechanism Lower Half Part SAP Code: ——
1 Timing Belt 1008955

2 1008300
Cup Point M4×5
3 Linear Bearing 1008778
4 Flange Bearing 1008805
Sample Probe Swing Arm and

6 Wire J425 2003386
Lifting Motor
6-01 Wire J425-Arm Swing Motor 1011871 Refer to Note 1
6-02 Wire J425-Lifting Motor 1011872 Refer to Note 2
Independent part, connecting with

7 Groove-type Optocoupler 1023766 J411A, post-2017.5-modification code
8 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008804
Soft PCB goes through the inside of

10 FPC Soft PCB 1014524
the spline
11 Timing Pulley 3M-20 1009084
12 Timing Pulley 12XL 1009085
13 Timing Pulley 20-3M 1009086
14 Timing Wheel 34-XL 1009094
Sample probe liquid level detection, arm

15 Outsourcing Wire J411A 2011457 swing and lifting optocoupler wire,
post-2017.5-modification code
●Note 1: Arm swing motor only contains motor and motor wire, without a plug; Welding is required in case of separate
replacement.
●Note 2: Lifting motor only contains motor and motor wire, without a plug; Welding is required in case of separate replacement.
184
CS-400-04-00A（b）
12
1
2
2 7 6-01
14 15 7
9 15
6
11
9 6
13
3
2
4 6-02
5
10
185
9.4.3 Reagent Probe Mechanism
9.4.3.1 R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism Overall Unit (CS-400-07-00A)
R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism Overall Unit SAP Code: 2002243
R1 Reagent Probe Assembly Upper

1 —— CS-400-07-00A（a）
Half Part
R1 Reagent Probe Assembly Lower ——
2 CS-400-07-00A（b）
Half Part
186
CS-400-07-00A
187
9.4.3.2 R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism Upper Half Part (CS-400-07-00A(a))
R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism Upper Half Part SAP Code: ——
1 Upper Shell of Reagent Probe Arm 1007482

Compression Spring for Reagent
2 1007847
Probe
CS-240/400/800 Reagent Probe
Assembly (New)
3
Reagent Probe Assembly (Old
Type)
4 Lower Shell of Reagent Probe Arm 1004785
5 1008330
Cup Point M4×5

7 Detecting Board (with burned 2001961 Refer to Note 3
Program)
9 Reagent Kit Connector 1009685
10 Clamp 1008072
Connecting Wire between Reagent

12 CS400 Wire J458 Assembly (New) 2004524 R1 Probe Liquid Level Detecting
Board and Reagent Probe
●Note 1: If the instrument requiring maintenance uses the new version reagent probe and “Liquid Level Detecting Board”, it can
be replaced directly when replacing No. 7 Liquid Level Detecting Board.
●Note 2: If the instrument requiring maintenance uses the old version reagent probe and liquid level detecting board, when
replacing No. 7 new version “Liquid Level Detecting Board”, it should be replaced together with one “2004524 CS400 Wire J458
Assembly (New)”.
●Note 3: This number is for new version liquid level detecting board. Because the old version liquid level detecting board is stop
being used, when replacing it, the matched reagent probe needs replacing together. For details refer to No. 3 remark.
188
CS-400-07-00A（a）
11
1 10
9
2
12
3 8
189
9.4.3.3 R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism Lower Half Part (CS-400-07-00A(b))
R1 Reagent Probe Mechanism SAP Code: ——

2 1008300
Cup Point M4×5
R2 Probe Swing Arm and Lifting

6 Wire J431 2003388
Motor
Independent part, connecting with Wire

Soft PCB Goes through the Inside

of the Spline
Reagent probe R1 liquid level detection,

15 J410A Outsourcing Wire 2011460 arm swing, and lifting optocoupler wire,
●Note 1: The arm swing motor only contains a motor and motor wire, without a plug. Welding is required in case of separate
replacement.
●Note 2: The lifting motor only contains a motor and motor wire, without a plug. Welding is required in case of separate
replacement.
190
CS-400-07-00A（b）
12
1
2
2 7 6-01
14 15 7
9 15
6
11
9 6
13
3
2
4 6-02
5
10
191
9.4.3.4 R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism Overall Unit (CS-400-06-00A)
R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism Overall Unit SAP Code: 2002244
Upper Half Part of R2 Reagent

1 —— CS-400-06-00A (a)
Probe Assembly
Lower Half Part of R2 Reagent
2 —— CS-400-06-00A (b)
Probe Assembly
192
CS-400-06-00A
193
9.4.3.5 Upper Half Part of R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism (CS-400-06-00A(a))
SAP Code of R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism Upper Half Part: ——
1 Upper Shell of Reagent Probe Arm 1007482
Compression Spring for Reagent

2 1007847
Probe
CS-240/400/800 Reagent Probe

Assembly (New)
3
Reagent Probe Assembly (Old
Type)
4 Lower Shell of Reagent Probe Arm 1004785

5 1008330
Cup Point M4×5

7 Detecting Board (with Burned 2001961 Refer to Note 3
Program)
9 Reagent Kit Connector 1009685
10 Clamp 1008072
Connecting Wire between Reagent

12 CS400 Wire J459 Assembly (New) 2004523 R2 Probe Liquid Level Detecting
Board and Reagent Probe
●Note 1: When the new version reagent probe and new version “Liquid Level Detecting Board” are used for the instrument
requiring maintenance, No. 7 liquid level detecting board can be replaced directly.
●Note 2: If the old version reagent probe and old version liquid level detecting board are used for the instrument requiring
maintenance, a “2004523 CS400 Wire J459 Assembly (New) (Outsourcing)” is required when replacing No. 7 new version “Liquid
Level Detecting Board”.
●Note 3: This number is for new version liquid level detecting board. Because the old version liquid level detecting board is stop
being used, when replacing it, the matched reagent probe assembly needs to be replaced together. For details refer to No. 3 remark.
194
CS-400-06-00A（a）
11
1 10
9
2
12
3 8
195
9.4.3.6 Lower Half Part of R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism (CS-400-06-00A(b))
SAP Code of R2 Reagent Probe Mechanism Lower Half Part: ——

2 1008300
Cup Point M4×5

R2 Probe Arm Swing and Lifting
6 Wire J437 2003388
Motor
Independent part, connecting with wire

Soft PCB Goes through the Inside

of the Spline
Reagent probe R2 liquid level detection,

15 Outsourcing Wire J409A 2011459 arm swing and lifting optocoupler wire,
●Note 1: The arm swing motor only contains a motor and motor wire, without a plug. Welding is needed in case of separate
replacement.
●Note 2: The lifting motor only contains a motor and motor wire, without a plug. Welding is needed in case of separate
replacement.
196
CS-400-06-00A（b）
12
1
2
2 7 6-01
14 15 7
9 15
6
11
9 6
13
3
2
4 6-02
5
10
197
9.4.4 Mixing Mechanism
9.4.4.1 R1 Mixing Mechanism (CS-400-08-00)
SAP Code of R1 Mixing Mechanism: 2002231


2 1008330
Cup Point M4×5
Shock-attenuating Device
3 2000436
Assembly
Mixing R1 Arm Swing and Lifting

4 Wire J439 2003391
Motor
R1 Mixing Mechanism Arm Swing
4-01 Wire J439-Arm Swing Motor 1011907
Motor
R1 Mixing Mechanism Lifting
4-02 Wire J439-Lifting Motor 1011874
Motor
Swing Motor Fixing Base

5 2006193
Assembly
7 Base 2006128
8 Mixing Arm 2006152
9 Mixing Motor Hood 2006175
Mixing Bar+ Coreless Motor (with

Mixing Motor Assembly (with wiring harness)+Motor Fixing
2008372
mixing bar) Sleeve + M2*3 Cross Recessed Pan
Head Screw
Mixing Motor Assembly (without

10 2002439 Motor Fixing Sleeve + Wire J440C
mixing bar)
Mixing Bar 1008016
Cross Recessed Pan Head Screw 1008454 M2*3
Oscillating Bar Assembly (with

11 2010255
bearing) (FW)
12 R1 Encoding Disk 1009074
Mixing R1 swing arm and lifting

13 Wire J403A 2011461 optocoupler wire,
14 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 3 1003162
198
&6

199
9.4.4.2 R2 Mixing Mechanism (CS-400-09-00)
SAP Code of R2 Mixing Mechanism: 2002232


2 1008330
Cup Point M4×5
3 2000436
Assembly
Mixing R2 Arm Swing and Lifting
4 Wire J438 2003391
Motor
Wire J438-Arm Swing R2 Mixing Mechanism Arm Swing
4-01 1011907
Motor Motor
R2 Mixing Mechanism Lifting
4-02 Wire J438-Lifting Motor 1011874
Motor
Swing Motor Fixing Base
5 2006193
Assembly
7 Base 2006128
8 Mixing Arm 2006152
9 Mixing Motor Hood 2006175
Mixing Motor Assembly (with the

mixing bar)
Mixing Motor Assembly (without
2002439 Motor Fixing Sleeve+ Wire J440C
the mixing bar)
10
Mixing Bar 1008016
Cross Recessed Pan Head Screw

1008454
M2*3
11 2010255
bearing) (FW)
12 R2 Encoding Disk 1009075
Mixing R2 swing arm and lifting

13 Wire J402A 2011462 optocoupler wire,
●Note 1: Mixing Bar+ Coreless Motor (with wiring harness) +Motor Fixing Sleeve+ M2*3 Cross Recessed Pan Head Screw.
200
&6

201
9.4.5 Reaction Disk and Drive Mechanism
9.4.5.1 Overall Unit (CS-400-05-00)
SAP Code of Reaction Disk and Drive Mechanism: 2008743
Lock Cap of Cuvette Installation

1 1007480
Disk
2 Cuvette 120 1007581 20 cuvettes per set, total 6 sets
3 Cuvette Fixing Screw 1003168
4 Cuvette Installation Disk 2006129
5 Incubation Bath Assembly 2001978 Refer to CS-400-05-02-00
6 Waste Liquid 5-way 1006914
7 Reaction Disk Drive Mechanism 2001977 Refer to CS-400-05-01-00
202
CS-400-05-00
2
3
203
9.4.5.2 Incubation Bath Assembly (CS-400-05-02-00)
SAP Code of Incubation Bath Assembly: ——

Incoming Diaphragm Welding Window Pressure Sheeting
1 2010278
Assembly（FW） +Incoming Diaphragm
2 O-ring 1008711
3 Incubation Bath Window 1000068
4 Silicone Pad 1007990
5 Optical Dustproof Hood Assembly 1003312
6 Liquid Level Sensor 2001922
7 Mixing Rinsing Bath 1007476
8 Probe Rinsing Bath 1007477
9 Incubation Bath 1007478
10 Wire J523B 2003481 DC Power Cable
11 Water-retaining Plate 1003154
12 Filter Net 1003153
13 Side-by-side Binding Post 1014026
204
CS-400-05-02-00
1
2
3
13 5
6
12
8
11
10
9
7
8
4
2
1
205
9.4.5.3 Reaction Disk Drive Mechanism (CS-400-05-01-00)
SAP Code of Reaction Disk Drive Mechanism: 2001977
1 Reaction Disk Connector 1004335
2 Vertical Strut Locating Pin 1000630
3 Bearing Fixing Sleeve 1004262

4 1008377
Cup Point M4×6
5 Vertical Strut 1004334
7 300 Teeth Wheel 1009076
8 Waterproof Hood of Motor Gear 1007022
9 Waterproof Plug 1007975
10 Motor Gear 1009080

11 1008448
Cup Point M3×5
12 Disk Drive Support 1007475
13 Wire J441 2003479 Reaction Disk Drive Motor
Technology Modification File

13-01 Wire J441-Drive Motor 1011943 CN002335: till original material is used
up. After 2016, this material is used.
14 2000436
Assembly
206
CS-400-05-01-00
2
3
4
4
6
8
9
10
11
12
13-01
13
4 4
14
207
9.4.6 Cuvette Rinsing Mechanism
9.4.6.1 Overall Unit (CS-400-03-00)
SAP Code of Cuvette Rinsing Mechanism: 2002230

Upper Half Part of Cuvette Rinsing
1 —— Refer to CS-400-03-00（a）
Mechanism
Lower Half Part of Cuvette Rinsing
2 —— Refer to CS-400-03-00（b）
Mechanism
208
CS-400-03-00
209
9.4.6.2 Upper Half Part of Cuvette Mechanism (CS-400-03-00(a))
SAP Code of Cuvette Mechanism Upper Half Part: ——
1 Spring Holder 1007469
2 Compression Spring 1007846
Rinsing Probe 3 (Made in China) 1006007

3 Refer to Note 1
Rinsing Probe 3 1008024
Wiping Probe 2 (Made in China) 1006006

4 Refer to Note 1
Wiping Probe 2 1008022

5 Refer to Note 1
6 Wiping Block 1007231
Wiping Probe 1 (Made in China) 1006003

7 Refer to Note 1
Wiping Probe 1 1008020

8 Refer to Note 1
9 Fixing Screw 1004331
10 O-ring 1008719
11 Circlip for Shaft 1008596
12 Rinsing Probe Support 1007470
●Note 1: The customer can choose domestic or non-domestic rinsing probe or wiping probe when he/she wants to replace them,
which has no influence to the materials assembly.
210
CS-400-03-00(a)
9
3
3
7
3
4
8
5
10 6
12
11
211
9.4.6.3. Lower Half Part of Cuvette Mechanism (CS-400-03-00(b))
SAP Code of Cuvette Mechanism Lower Half Part: ——
1 Wire J434 2003383 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor
2 Base 2006128


4 2010255
bearing)
5 Rinsing Probe Strut 1007471

6 1008330
Cup Point M4×5
Rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler

8 Wire J401A 2011458 wire, post-1017.5-modification code
9 Connection Plate 1004332
212
CS-400-03-00（b）
3
5
4 6
8
6
2
6
1
7
6
6
213
9.4.7 Sample Disk and Drive Mechanism
9.4.7.1 Overall Unit (CS-400-10-00)
SAP Code of Sample Disk and Drive Mechanism: ——
1 Sample Disk Cover 2006117
2 Sample Separating Rack 2000416 Refer to CS-400-10-05-00
3 Waterproof Pad 1007974

Sample Refrigeration Chamber
4 2000415 Refer to CS-400-10-02-00
Assembly
Sample Refrigeration Chamber -
5 2006118
Outer Cover Assembly
6 Sample Disk Drive Mechanism 2001979 Refer to CS-400-10-01-00
7 Rubber Sleeve 1007495
8 Knob 1007496
214
CS-400-10-00
215
9.4.7.2 Sample Separating Rack (CS-400-10-05-00)
SAP Code of Sample Separating Rack: 2000416
1 Lock Bolt 1006956
2 Lock Nut 1006955
3 Sample Disk 1007497
4 Sample Rack A 1007643
5 Test Tube Bracket 1007498
6 Cushion 1006916
7 Sample Rack B 1007499
216
CS-400-10-05-00
217
9.4.7.3 Sample. Refrigeration Chamber Assembly (CS-400-10-02-00)
SAP Code of Sample Refrigeration Chamber Assembly: 2000415
Sample Refrigeration
1 1006994
Chamber–Plastic Pressure Ring
Sample Refrigeration Chamber–

2 Heat Insulating Chamber Inner 1007491
Ring

3 1004337
Refrigeration Disk

4 Refrigeration Disk Outlet 1004339
Connector
Sample Refrigeration
5 1003167
Chamber–Cooling Tube
6 1004338
Refrigeration Disk Pressure Plate

7 1007492
Heat Insulating Chamber
218
CS-400-10-02-00
219
9.4.7.4 Sample Disk Drive Mechanism (CS-400-10-01-00)
SAP Code of Sample Disk Drive Mechanism: 2001979
Sample Disk Connection Fixing

2 1006915
Component
3 Connection Fixing Plate 1003166
4 Connection Fixing Strut Gasket 1004131

7 Connection Fixing Strut 1007489
8 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 1007488
9 Disk Drive Rack 1007475
11 Timing Pulley 1009081

12 1008377
Cup Point M4×6
13 Motor Waterproof Hood 1007490
Return-to-zero and Counting (Inner

Circle, Outer Circle) Optocoupler
14 Wire J408A 2011463
Wire,post-2017.5-modification
code
15 Wire J427 2003483 Sample Disk Driving Motor
15-01 Wire J427–Stepper Motor 1011873
220
CS-400-10-01-00
12
2
12
7 5
8
6
10
11
14
12
9
13
15
5
15-01
221
9.4.8 Reagent Disk and Drive Mechanism
9.4.8.1 Overall Unit (CS-400-11-00 CS-400-12-00)
Overall Unit SAP Code: ——
1 Knob 1007496
2 Rubber Sleeve 1007495
3 Reagent Chamber Cover 2006124
Reagent Bottle Rack —— CS-400-11-02-00A

4
Reagent Bottle Rack (Combination
2000417 CS-400-11-02-00
Type)
R2 Reagent Refrigeration
2001982 CS-400-12-03-00
Disk-Assembly
5
R1 Reagent Refrigeration
2001983 CS-400-12-03-00
Disk-Assembly
Reagent Disk R2 Drive Mechanism 2001980 CS-400-11-01-00

6
Reagent Disk R1 Drive Mechanism 2001981 CS-400-11-01-00
7 Waterproof Pad 1007974
222
CS-400-11-00
CS-400-12-00
223
9.4.8.2 Reagent Bottle Rack (CS-400-11-02-00A)
Reagent Bottle Rack SAP Code: ——
1 Lock Bolt 1006956
2 Lock Nut 1006955
3 Reagent Rack 2006242
224
CS-400-11-02-00A
1
2
2
3
225
9.4.8.3 Combination-type Reagent Bottle Rack (CS-400-11-02-00)
SAP Code of Combination-type Reagent Bottle Rack: 2000417
1 Reagent Rack Partition 1007501 Simplified name: long sheeting.
Simplified name: short sheeting.

2 Reagent Rack Partition 1007604 It is provided only when selecting
100ml reagent bottle.
3 Lock Bolt 1006956
4 Lock Nut 1006955
5 Reagent Rack 2006179
226
CS-400-11-02-00
3 3
4 4
227
9.4.8.4 Reagent Refrigeration Disk Assembly (CS-400-11-03-00)
SAP Code of R1 Reagent Refrigeration Disk Assembly: 2001983
SAP Code of R2 Reagent Refrigeration Disk Assembly: 2001982
1 Rubber Foaming Seal Strip 1008756
Reagent Refrigeration
2 1007504
Chamber-Plastic Circlip
3 1007503
Chamber-Circlip
4 1003171
Chamber-Welding Assembly
Reagent Refrigeration Chamber-
5 1010299 Additional Submission
Foaming Pad
6 Foaming Chamber 1007505
7 Foaming Chamber Patch Board A 1010301 Additional Submission
8 Foaming Chamber Patch Board B 1010302 Additional Submission
Barcode Reader Assembly (High) 2002175 R1 Barcode Reader

9
Barcode Reader Assembly (High) 2002176 R2 Barcode Reader
10 Heating Window Pad 2 1010307 Additional Submission
11 Heating Window Pad 1 1010306 Additional Submission
12 Barcode Window Fixing Frame 1003172
CS400 Wire P457 (Assembly) 2003488 R2 Disk Heating Window

13
CS-400-12 Wire P455 (Assembly) 2003489 R1 Disk Heating Window
14 Slide 1.2×76×26 1000081
228
CS-400-11-03-00

229
9.4.8.5 Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism (CS-400-11-01-00)
Reagent R1 Drive Mechanism SAP Code: 2001981
Reagent R2 Drive Mechanism SAP Code: 2001980

2 1008377
Cup Point M4×6
3 Reagent Disk Connecting Sleeve 1006917
Reagent Disk Connection Fixing

4 1004816
Plate
6 Connection Fixing Strut 1007489
7 Reagent Timing Encoding Disk 1007500
9 Timing Pulley 1009081
10 Motor Waterproof Hood 1007490
11 Disk Drive Rack 1007475
Wire J436 2003485 Reagent R2 Disk Drive Motor

12
Wire J433 2003487 Reagent R1 Disk Drive Motor
12-01 Wire J436/Wire J433–StepperMotor 1011873
13 Self-locking Optocoupler Partition 1003170
14 Split Circlip 1008593
15 Partition Connecting Strut 1003169

16 Groove-type Optocoupler 1023766 J407A,J405A,post-2017.5-modification
code
17 Self-locking Spring 1007844
18 Cuvette Fixing Screw 1003168
R2 Return-to-zero and Counting

Wire J407A 2011465 Optocoupler Wire ,
19
R1 Return-to-zero and Counting
Wire J405 A 2011464 Optocoupler Wire,
230
CS-400-11-01-00
2 2
18
17
3
5
19
7
8
16 9
2
10
15 11
14 12
13
12-01
231
9.4.9 Valve Frame Assembly
9.4.9.1 Valve Frame Overall Unit (CS-400-15-00)
SAP Code of Valve Frame Overall Unit: ——
1 SV21 Valve Assembly (FW) —— Refer to CS-400-15-12-00
2 Pressure Gauge 1011853
3 O-ring 1008715
4 Pressure Gauge Connector 1009691
5 Hot Water 5-way Clip 1007435
6 Hot Water 5-way 1004191

Degassing Transferable Tank
7 2000414
Assembly (FW)
8 Pressure Switch Assembly 2008366
8-01 Wire J446 (Assembly) 2003500 Vacuum Pressure Switch
8-02 Pressure Switch Connector 1009683
9 Five Valve Plate Assembly 2001990 Refer to CS-400-15-10-00
10 Water Inflow Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-15-07-00
11 Valve Frame Welding Assembly 1003192
12 Calandria Welding Assembly 1006927
13 23.6-3.55 Connector 1006928
14 Universal O-ring 1008722
SV30 Valve Assembly

15 2001910
(Semi-finished Product)
15-01 Wire J418 2003505 SV30 Valve
15-02 G1/4-8 Connector 1009535
Wire J513 2000368

16
Vacuum Pump Assembly (FW) 2002459 Refer to Note 1
17 Vacuum Tank Assembly (FW) 2002452
17-01 Wire J809 2000160 Vacuum Tank Liquid Level Switch

Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank-
18 1007507 Low-concentration Waste Liquid
Tank Body
Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank-
20 1007508
Upper Tank Body
Vacuum Pump Hood Welding
21 1003305
Assembly
●Note 1: Technical innovation CN002396 (2015.12.25) contains: vacuum pump, screws, cushion, connector, Tube 75 and Tube
76.
232
CS-400-15-00
20
3
19 4
18
7
17-01
17 8
8-01
21 9
8-02
10
16
15-02 11
15-01 12
15-02
13
15 14
233
9.4.9.2 Valve SV21 Assembly (CS-400-15-12-00)
SAP Code of Valve SV21 Assembly: ——
1 Valve SV21 Assembly 2001909
1-01 Wire SV21 2003504 Valve SV21
1-02 Connector G1/4-8 1009535
Pressure Regulating Valve

2 1027397
Connector(outlet)
3 1009687
Connector(inlet)
4 Pressure Regulating Valve 1025475
5 Pressure Regulating Valve Rack 1000640
6 SV21 Rack 1000639
234
CS-400-15-12-00
1
1-02
6 1-01
1-02
235
9.4.9.3 Five Valve Plate Assembly (CS-400-15-10-00)
SAP Code of Five Valve Plate Assembly: 2001990
1 Connector G1/8-4 1009534
2 Five Valve Plate 1006952
3 Wire J423 2003508
3-01 Wire J423–Solenoid Valve 1009848 SV43
4 Wire J420 2003507
5 Wire J416 2003506
6 G1/8 Plug 1006935
8 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009541
236
CS-400-15-10-00
1
2
3
4
5
9
SV10 5-01
8
SV15 4-01
8
SV11 4-02
8
SV43 3-01
8
SV42 3-02
237
9.4.9.4 Water Inflow Assembly (CS-400-15-07-00)
SAP Code of Water Inflow Assembly: ——
1-01 Wire SV12 (Assembly) 2003502 Valve SV12
1-02 1/4-18 Connector 1004977
2 Water Inflow Valve Rack 1000636
3-01 G1/8-8 Connector 1009533
3-02 Wire SV8 2003501 Valve SV8
3-03 Universal O-ring 1008714
3-04 G1/8-8 Seal Connector 1007019
4 Water Inflow Connector Assembly 2002460
4-02 Tap Filter 1003191
5-01 Wire SV14 2003503 Valve SV14
5-02 1/4-18 Connector 1004977
6 Three Valve Plate 1000637 Refer to Note 1
7 Water Inflow Shaft 1 1003193
●Note 1: This three valve plate is different from the one (1006953) in Figure CS-400-17-03 in the structure and function. Pay
attention when replacing it.
238
CS- 400-15- 07- 00
1-01 1
1-02
1-02
5-02 2
5-02
3
5-02
5-01
3-01
5
4
4-02
4-01
7
3-02
3-04
3-03
239
9.4.10 Cooling Unit
9.4.10.1 Circulating Cooling Assembly (CS-400-16-01-00)
SAP Code of Circulating Cooling Assembly: ——
1 CS400 Wire P454 (Assembly) 2003510
1-01 Water Level Switch 1011841
2 CS400 Wire P453 (Assembly) 2003509 Temperature sensor assembly
3 Cooling Water Tank Pressure Plate 1003196
4 Temperature Sensor-shell 1003195
5 O-ring 1008730
Cooling Water Tank Welding

6 1006929
Assembly
7 CS400 Wire P525 (Assembly) 2003399
7-01 Magnetic Circulating Pump 1009757
8 Cooling Supporting Plate 1000642
240
&6

241
9.4.10.2 Vertical Cooling Device (CS-400-16-02-00)
SAP Code of Vertical Cooling Device: ——
1 CS400 Connecting Wire C538 2003897
1-01 Peltier 1013593
Protection Cover of Water-cooling

2 1007607
Block
CS400 Connecting Wire C530
3 2003688
(Assembly)
3-01 Peltier 1013593
4 Water Cooling Block Assembly —— CS-400-16-02-04-00

5 2003687
(Assembly)
5-01 Peltier 1013593

6 2003686
(Assembly)
6-01 Peltier 1013593
CS400 C524 Connecting Wire

7 2003685
(Assembly)
7-01 Peltier 1013593
8 Refrigeration Middle Plate 1004443
9 Fan 1013503
10 Radiator 1013521
11 Refrigeration Partition 1000783
242
CS-400-16-02-00
CS-400-16-02-00
1-01
11
1
2
10 3
3-01
4
5
5-01
6
9
6-01
7
7-01
243
9.4.10.3 Water Cooling Block Assembly（CS-400-16-02-04-00）
SAP Code of Water Cooling Block Assembly：——
1 Cross Recessed Pan Head Screw 1008265 M3×8, Qty: 4
2 Water Cooling Block Upper Cap 1007026
3 Universal O-Ring 1008731 46.2*1.8
4 Water Cooling Block 1013517
244
CS-400-16-02-04-00
245
9.4.11 Plastic Water Tank Assembly
9.4.11.1 Overall Unit of Plastic Water Tank Assembly (CS-400-14-00)
SAP Code of Plastic Water Tank Assembly: 2002233
Plastic Water Tank Semi-finished

1 2008286 Refer to CS-400-14-01-00
Product
2-01 Wire SV13 2003499 Valve SV13
2-02 G1/8-8 Connector 1009533
3 Water Meter Assembly 2008034
3-01 Pressure Gauge 1011853
3-02 Pressure Gauge Connector 1009691
4 Wire J517 2003397 Magnetic Water Pump
4-01 Magnetic Water Pump 1009755

Cold-hot Five-way Welding
5 1006920
Assembly
6 Degassing Assembly 2001890
6-01 Tank Outlet Connector 1009690
6-02 Tank Inlet Connector Assembly 1009684
6-03 Degassing Connector 1009689
7 Plug Wire Cover 1000632
8 Support Welding Assembly 1000633
246
CS-400-14-00
2-01
8
2-02
3
7
4
4-01
5
6-01
3-01
6-02 3-02
6-03
247
9.4.11.2 Plastic Water Tank Semi-finished Product (CS-400-14-01-00)
SAP Code of Plastic Water Tank Semi-finished Product: 2008286
High, low float in the square water

1 Wire J442 (Assembly) 2003496
tank
1-01 Wire J442– Float Switch 1011839 High Float
1-02 Wire J442– Float Switch 1011840 Low Float
2 Float Assembly (Welding Part) 1003186
3 O-ring 1008729
4 Square Case Body 1007020
5 O-Ring 1008728
Heating Rod Assembly (Welding

6 1003185
Part)
Water Tank Heat Insulating Lower
7 1003891
Base plate
8 Wire J450 (Assembly) 2003498 RTD Temperature Relay
8-01 RTD Temperature Relay 1013315
450W heating rod+ temperature

9 Wire J518 (Assembly) 2003497
relay in the square water tank
9-01 Wire J518– Temperature Relay 1013363
9-02 Wire J518–Heating Rod 1013599
248
CS-400-14-01-00
1-01
1-02
9-02
9-01
249
9.4.12 Gear Two-pump Assembly (CS-400-13-01-00)
SAP Code of Gear Two-pump Assembly: 2001984
1 Circlip for Shaft 10 1008596
2 Gear Pump General Connector 1 1003174
4 Electric Link Cover 1003178
5 Gear Pump Connector 1 1003175
6 Wire J516 2003490 Magnetic Circulating Pump
Wire J516–Magnetic Circulating

6-01 1009754
Pump
7 Wire J520 2003491 Magnetic Gear Pump
7-01 Wire J520–Magnetic Gear Pump 1009756
8 Gear Two-pump Rack 1003176
9 Gear Pump General Connector 1 1003177
10 Gear Pump Support 1003446
11 Two-pump General Support 1003173
12 37 Five-way Assembly 1006919
250
CS-400-13-01-00
1 2 3 3 4 5 6-01 6 7-01 7 8
12 11 10 5 3 3 9 1
251
9.4.13 Syringe Pump Assembly
9.4.13.1 Overall Unit of Syringe Pump Assembly (CS-400-17-00)
SAP Code of Syringe Pump Assenbly: 2002235
1 Sensor Assembly (FW) 2010277 Refer to CS-400-17-03-00
2 Pump Optocoupler Plug Board 2000381
CS400 Three Valve Assembly

3 2001991 Refer to CS-400-17-03
4 Syringe Pump Hood 1000644
5 Wire-Protection Ring 1008088
6 Syringe Pump Plate 1000645
7 Wire J432 2008821 R1 Syringe Pump
7-01 Wire J432–Syringe Pump 1021568
8 Wire J426 2008820 R2 Syringe Pump
9 Wire J435 2008822 Syringe Pump S
10 Tube 100 2007990
11 Tube 135 2007991 Connector is on tube end; tube and
12 Tube 136 2007992 connector form flanging tube
13 Tube 137 2007993
252
CS-400-17-00
13 12 11 1 2 10 3
9 9-01 8 8-01 7 7-01 6 5 4
253
9.4.13.2Sensor Assembly（CS-400-17-03-00）
Sensor Assembly SAP Code：2010277
1 Connector P307 1009527
2 Sensor Connector 1004976
3 Clot Clamp 1008126

Hexagon Socket Set Screw with
4 1008480
Cup Point 3×6
5 Sensor Connector Base 1004567
6 Clot Clamp Sleeve 1008127
7 P353 Clamp 1008074
Cross Recessed Pan Head

8 1008287
Combination Screw M3×6
9 Sensor Pressure Sheeting 1007156
10 Wire J447 2003400 Pressure Sensor
11 12 Nut 1004566
12 Sensor Lock Nut 1004565
254
CS-400-17-03-00
12
11
3
6
10
5
9
6
8
7
3
255
9.4.13.3 Three Valve Assembly (CS-400-17-03)
SAP Code of Three Valve Assembly: 2001991
1 G1/8 Plug 1006935
3 Three Valve Plate 1006953
4 G1/8-4 Connector 1009534
5 Wire J417 2003511
256
CS-400-17-03
1 2 3 4 5-01
SV1
SV3
SV2
5-02 5-03 5
257
9.4.14 Cover Assembly
9.4.14.1 Cover Overall Unit (CS-400-19-00)
Cover Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Upper Cover Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(a)
2 Fixing Upper Cover 2006127
Movable Cover Connecting

3 2000442 Refer to CS-400-19-12-00
Assembly
4 Cover Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(b)
5 Right Rear Cover 1000618
6 Right Side Cover 1000672
7 Door Upper Magnetism Frame 1000592
8 Glass Magnetic Lock 1007938
9 Front Right Side Plate 1000614
10 Right Door Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(c)
11 Door Lower Magnetism Frame 1000610
12 Universal Caster 1007967
13 Adjusting Footing 1007980
14 Left Door Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(d)
15 Front Left Lower Cover 1000604
16 Front Left Upper Cover 1000601
17 Left Side Cover 1000671
18 Left Rear Cover 1000615
19 Adjusting Screw 1003470
258
CS-400-19-00
4
19
18 5
6
17
7
8
16 8
9
15 10
14 11
8
12 8
12
12
12
13 13
13
13
259
9.4.14.2 Movable Upper Cover Assembly (CS-400-19-00(a))
Movable Upper Cover Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Movable Upper Cover 2006126
2 Organic Glass Hood 2006105
260
CS-400-19-00(a)
261
9.4.14.3 Movable Upper Cover Connecting Assembly (CS-400-19-12-00)
Movable Upper Cover Connecting Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Upper Cover Rotating Arm 1000941
2 Upper Cover Fixing Corner Iron 1000676
3 Middle Shaft 1003200
4 Movable Connecting Shaft 1003479
5 Pneumatic Spring Shaft 1003478
Pneumatic Spring 1007854 Refer to Note 1

6
Pneumatic Spring 1007896 Refer to Note 2
7 Upper Cover Fixing Base 1000942
8 Upper Cover Fixing Corner 1000943
9 Right Fixing Plate 1000673
10 Long Connecting Rod 1000674
11 Left Connecting Plate 1000675
●Note 1: Code before 2016 technical innovation; in case of using the pneumatic spring after technical innovation for the first time,
it’s recommended to use the pneumatic spring assembly, whose code is 2009224.
●Note 2: Code after 2016 technical innovation; technical innovation file number: YE-14009-01; pneumatic spring assembly code:
2009224, including pneumatic spring (1007896), upper cover fixing corner (1000943), and pneumatic spring shaft (1003478).
262
CS-400-19-12-00
3 2 1 1 2 3
5 4 8 76 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4
263
9.4.14.4 Cover Assembly CS-400-19-00(b)
Cover Assembly SAP Code: ——
Knob and Rubber Sleeve use that of

1 Reagent Chamber Cover 2006124
Sample Cover
2 Screw Cap 1006933 20 pcs
3 Rear Upper Cover 2006121
4 Middle Upper Cover 2006122
5 Front Cover 2006125
6 Small Cover 2006120
Left Upper Cover 2006119

7
CS400 ISE Left Upper Cover 2006183 Available when equipped with ISE
8 Sample Cover 2006117
8-01 Knob 1007496
8-02 Rubber Sleeve 1007495
264
CS-400-19-00(b)
1
8-01
1
8 2
8-02
3
7
6 4
265
9.4.14.5 Right Door Assembly (CS-400-19-00(c))
Right Door Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Door Pin Right Upper Fixing Plate 1000616

Door Pin Fixing Frame Pressure
2 1000929
Plate
3 Door 2006123
4 Door Anti-abrasion Washer 1009692
Door Pin Right Lower Fixing

5 1000613
Frame
266
CS-400-19-00(c)
1
2
4
2
5
267
9.4.14.6 Left Door Assembly (CS-400-19-00(d))
Left Door Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Door Pin Left Upper Fixing Frame 1000599

Door Pin Fixing Frame Pressure
2 1000929 Use that of Right Door Assembly
Plate
3 Door 2006123 Use that of Right Door Assembly
4 Door Anti-abrasion Washer 1009692 Use that of Right Door Assembly
5 Door Pin Left Lower Fixing Frame 1000605
268
CS-400-19-00(d)
4
5
2
269
9.4.14.7 ISE Cover Composition (CS-400-19-00(ISE))
ISE Cover Composition SAP Code: ——
1 Upper Cover Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(a)
2 Fixing Upper Cover 2006127

Movable Upper Cover Connection
3 2000442 Refer to CS-400-19-12-00
Assembly
4 Cover Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(b)
5 Right Rear Cover 1000618
6 Right Cover 1000672
7 Door Upper Magnetic Lock Frame 1000592
8 Glass Magnetic Lock 1007938
9 Front Right Plate 1000614
10 Right Door Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(c)
11 Door Lower Magnetic Lock Frame 1000610
12 Castor 1007967
13 Adjustable Foot 1007980
14 Left Door Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-19-00(d)
15 Front Left Lower Cover 1000604
16 Front Left Upper Cover 1000601

Refer to CS-400-19-00A, available
17 Left Side Plate Assembly ——
only when ISE is equipped
18 Left Rear Cover 1000615
19 Adjusting Screw 1003470
270
CS-400-19-00(ISE)
4
19
18 5
6
17 7
8
16 8
9
15 10
14 11
8
12 8
12
12
12
13 13
13
13
271
9.4.14.8 Left Side Plate Assembly (ISE) (CS-400-19-00A)
Left Side Plate Assembly (ISE) SAP Code: ——
1 Left Side Plate Assembly 1001472
2 Window Fixing Pin 1004034
3 ISE Window Washer 1007728
4 Electrode Replacing Window 1001473
5 Right Small Door Switch 1013260
272
CS-400-19-00A
2
3
3
2
273
9.4.15 ISE Unit
9.4.15.1 ISE Test Assembly (CS-400-23-03-00)
ISE Test Assembly SAP Code: 2002247
1 Proportioning Cup Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-03-07-00
2 Flow Cell Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-03-04-00
3 ISE Cover Strut 1004031
4 400 ISE Fixing Plate 1004033
5 Solenoid Valve Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-03-02-00
6 Strengthening Fixing Block 1004030
7 Amplifier Board Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-03-03-00
274
CS-400-23-03-00
7 1
6 2
5
4
275
9.4.15.1.1.Proportioning Cup Assembly (CS-400-23-03-07-00)
Proportioning Cup Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Fixing Nut 1003919
2 Mixing Fixing Plate 1004841
3 ISE Reagent Probe Fixing Plate 1007324
4 Fixing Strut 1003920
5 Strut Locating Pin 1003921
6 Fixing Base 1004842
7 Proportioning Cup Fixing Plate 1004032
Proportioning Cup Fixing Column

8 1003922
2
Proportioning Cup Fixing Column
9 1003917
1
10 ISE Reagent Probe 1003924
11 Proportioning Cup 1007706
12 Proportioning Cup Fixing Nut 1003918
13 Mixing Bar 1008016
14 Coreless Motor 1011890
276
CS-400-23-03-07-00
1
14
13
12 2
11
3
4
10
5
5
9
8
6
277
9.4.15.1.2 Flow Cell Assembly (CS-400-23-03-04-00)
Flow Cell Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Grounding Wiring Fixing Plate 1003926
2 Flow Cell Fixing Plate 1004028
3 Clamp with Base 1008123
4 Installation Ring 1009174
5 Normally Open Pinch Valve 1009857
6 Wiring Fixing Plate 1004029
7 Flow Cell Installation Part —— Refer to CS-400-23-03-04-00 (a)
8 Normally Close Pinch Valve 1009866
278
CS-400-23-03-04-00
3 2
8
4
7
4
6
5
279
9.4.15.1.3 Flow Cell Installation Part (CS-400-23-03-04-00(a))
Flow Cell Installation Part SAP Code: ——
1 K Nut 1013584
2 K Electrode Wire 1014486
3 K Electrode Body 1013582
4 Seal Ring 1013583 5 pcs in total
5 CS-6400 ISE Flow Cell 2000269 Wire J351
6 Na Electrode 1013580
7 Na Nut 1013585
8 Cl Nut 1013586
9 Ca Seal Plug 1007327
10 Cl Electrode 1013581
280
CS-400-23-03-04-00（a）
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 10 6 9 7 8
281
9.4.15.1.4 Solenoid Valve Assembly (CS-400-23-03-02-00)
Solenoid Valve Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Solenoid Valve Fixing Plate 1004024
4 Solenoid Valve (ISV1, ISV7) 2000297 Wire J954
4-01 Wire J954- ISV1 1009816 ISV1 Solenoid Valve
4-02 Wire J954- ISV7 1009816 ISV7 Solenoid Valve
282
CS-400-23-03-02-00
4-01 1
4
2
4-02
283
9.4.15.1.5 Amplifier Board Assembly (CS-400-23-03-03-00)
Amplifier Board Assembly SAP Code: ——
No. Name Code Remarks
1 Amplifier Board Frame 1004025
2 ISE Front Amplifier Board 2001567
3 Electrode Fixing Frame 1001352
4 Electrode Fixing Plate 1004980
5 Amplifier Board Hood 1004027
6 Computer Screw 1008508
284
CS-400-23-03-03-00
2
6
3
6
4
285
9.4.15.2 Peristaltic Pump Assembly (CS-800-21-03-00)
Peristaltic Pump Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Peristaltic Pump Wiring Board 1003962
2 Solenoid Valve Assembly —— Refer to CS-800-21-03-00 (c)
3 Peristaltic Pump Installation Plate 1003960
4 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 1 —— Refer to CS-800-21-03-00 (a)
5 Diluent Syringe Pump Assembly —— Refer to CS-800-21-03-00 (d)
6 Wire-protection Ring 1008088 5 pcs in total
7 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 2 —— Refer to CS-800-21-03-00 (b)
8 Water-retaining Plate 1003961
9 Pump Plug Board 2000405
286
CS-800-21-03-00
9
1
2
8
287
9.4.15.2.1 Solenoid Valve Assembly (CS-800-21-03-00(c))
Solenoid Valve Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Clamp 1008072
3 Solenoid Valve (ISV2) 2000299 Wire J956
288
CS-800-21-03-00（c）
289
9.4.15.2.2 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 1 (CS-800-21-03-00(a))
Peristaltic Pump Assembly 1 SAP Code: ——
1 Proportion Peristaltic Pump 2000295 Wire J952

2 2001439
Assembly
290
CS-800-21-03-00（a）
291
9.4.15.2.3 Peristaltic Pump Assembly 2 (CS-800-21-03-00(b))
Peristaltic Pump Assembly 2 SAP Code: ——
Internal Standard Solution

1 2000281 J951
Peristaltic Pump

2 2001439
Assembly
292
CS-800-21-03-00（b）
293
9.4.15.2.4 Diluent Syringe Pump Assembly (CS-800-21-03-00(d))
Diluent Syringe Pump Assembly SAP Code: ——
2 Clamp 1008072
3 Diluent Syringe Pump 2000296 Wire J953
294
CS-800-21-03-00（d）
295
9.4.15.3 Reagent Tank Assembly (CS-400-23-02-00)
Reagent Tank Assembly SAP Code: ——
Internal Standard Solution Tank

1 —— Refer to CS-400-23-02-00 (a)
Assembly
2 Diluent Tank Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-02-00 (b)
3 Reference Solution Tank Assembly —— Refer to CS-400-23-02-00 (c)
4 Tank Rack 1000684
5 ISE Tank Tube Clip Sleeve 1007005
6 ISE Tank Tube Clip 1008036
296
CS-400-23-02-00
4
5
5
5
6
297
9.4.15.3.1 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly (CS-400-23-02-00(a))
Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly SAP Code: ——

1 2006237
Cap

2 1006949
Cap Pad
3 ISE Tank Filter 1009698
4 ISE Filter Net 200 1008102
5 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767
298
CS-400-23-02-00（a）
34
299
9.4.15.3.2 Diluent Tank Assembly (CS-400-23-02-00(b))
Diluent Tank Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 2006237
Cap
2 1006949
Cap Pad
5 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767
300
CS-400-23-02-00（b）
34
301
9.4.15.3.3 Reference Solution Tank Assembly (CS-400-23-02-00(c))
Reference Solution Tank Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Reference Solution Tank Cap 2006238

2 1006949
Cap Pad
5 Reference Solution Tank 1011761
302
CS-400-23-02-00（c）
34
303
9.4.15.4 Electrode Liquid Assembly (CS-400-22-06-00)
Electrode Liquid Assembly SAP Code: ——
1 Electrode Liquid Connector 1009699

Liquid Collection Vacuum
2 1007507
Tank-Tank Body
3 Tube Hoop 1008076
4 Electrode Liquid Plate 1000685
304
CS-400-22-06-00
305
9.4.15.5 Electrode Liquid Collector (CS-400-22-03-00)
Electrode Liquid Collector SAP Code: 2002183
Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank
1 2000424
Assembly
2 G14-8 Connector 1009535
3 Solenoid Valve (ISV6 Valve ) 2000331 Wire J959
4 ISV3 Valve Frame 1000683
5 Outlet Connector 1007015
306
CS-400-22-03-00
307
9.4.16 Other Parts
9.4.16.1 37℃ Thermostatic Assembly (CS-400-13-05-00)
37℃ Thermostatic Assembly SAP Code: 2001985
1 37℃ Thermostatic Assembly 1003180
2 Wire J515 2003492
2-01 Wire J515-Heating Rod 1013600
2-02 Wire J515-Temperature Relay 1013363 In case of water pressure testing,

electrical debugging, and tooling
3 H 4-way Assembly 1003179
inspection, overall replacement is
4 37℃ Sensor Screw Cap 1003181 recommended.
6 Wire J448 2003493
Wire J448-Platinum Resistance

6-01 1013314
Temperature Sensor
308
CS-400-13-05-00
2-02
5
6-01
4
3
2-01
309
9.4.16.2.Four Valve Assembly (CS-400-17-01-00)
Four Valve Assembly SAP Code: 2001992
1 Four Valve General Frame 1003198
2 G1/8-8 Connector 1009533
3 Four Valve Plate 1006951
4 Wire J422 2003512
4-01 Wire J422-Solenoid Valve 1009848 SV4
5 G1/8 Plug 1006935
310
CS-400-17-01-00
1 2 3 4-01 4-02
SV4
SV5
SV6
SV9
7 6 5 4-04 4-03 4
311
9.4.16.3 SV16 Valve Assembly (CS-400-13-06-00)
SV16 Valve Assembly (Exemption) SAP Code: 2001986
1 SV16 Frame 1003182
2 CS400 Wire J419 (Assembly) 2003494
2-01 Solenoid Valve 1009814 SV16 Valve
3 G1/8-8 Connector 1009533
312
CS-400-13-06-00
3 1
2-01
313
9.4.16.4 High-concentration Liquid Discharge Assembly (CS-400-13-07-00)
High-concentration Liquid Discharge Assembly SAP Code: ——
CS400 Liquid Collection Vacuum
1 2000419
Tank-Assembly A
1-01 1003183
Tank-Frame
2 SV31 Valve Assembly 2001987
2-01 Wire J421 2003495 SV31 Valve
2-02 G1/4-8 Connector 1009535
2-03 G1/4-18 Connector 1009552
3 Outlet Connector 1007015
314
CS-400-13-07-00
1-01
1-02
2-02
2-01
2-03
315
9.4.16.5 Electrical Frame Body
Electrical Frame Body SAP Code：——
1 Reaction board 2001943
2 Sample control board 2001944
3 Reagent 1 control board 2001945
4 Reagent 2 control board 2001946
5 ISE control board(optional) 2001568
6 Main control board 2001942
7 ±12V switch power 1013433
8 12V switch power 1013434
11 AC electric apparatus assembly ——
12 Cooling 12V switch power 1013456
13 Cooling 5V switch power 1013436
14 Refrigeration control board 2001947
15 Waterproof board ——
316
1 2 34 5 6
15
14
13
12
7
8
9
10
11
317
9.5 Tubing Connection Diagram and Spare Parts Code List
9.5.1 ISE Unit Tubing Connection Diagram and Spare Parts Code List
(1) Solenoid Valve List
1 Solenoid Valve ISV1.ISV7 2000297
2 Solenoid Valve ISV2 2000299
3 Normally Close Pinch Valve ISV3 1009866
4 Normally Open Pinch Valve ISV4 1009857
(2) List of Connectors and Function Parts
No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks
1 Z1 Y-Connector 1009549
2 Z2 Reducing Straight Connector 1009653
3 Z3 T-Connector 1009601
4 Z4 Flow Cell 1009872
5 Z5 Straight Connector 1009602
6 Z6 Syringe Pump Tube Connector 1009550
7 Z7 Clamp 1008072
9 Z9 Syringe Pump 2000296
10 Z10 Syringe Pump Connector 1009547
11 Z11 Clamp 1008074
12 Z12 T-shaped Current Reducer 1009633
13 Z13 Adapter 1009603
14 Z14 S230-6005 Threaded Connector 1009525
15 Z15 S210-6005 Threaded Connector 1009560
16 Z16 DB200-10658 Tube Connector 1009654
17 Z17 G14-8 Connector 1009535
18 A1 Proportioning Cup 1007706
318
19 A2 Degassing Tank 1006945
20 A3 Proportion Peristaltic Pump 2000295

Internal Standard Solution
21 A4 2000281
Peristaltic Pump
22 A5 1007507
Tank-Tank Body
Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank
23 A6 2000424
Assembly
(3) Tubing List
1 Tube 1 2007040
2 Tube 2 2007041
3 Tube 3 2007042
4 Tube 4 2007043
5 Tube 5 2007044
6 Tube 6 2007057
7 Tube 7 2007058
8 Tube 8 2007045
9 Tube 9 2007067
10 Tube 10 2007068
11 Tube 11 2007069
12 Tube 12 2007046
13 Tube 13 2007047
14 Tube 14 2007059
15 Tube 15 2000674
16 Tube 16 2007060
17 Tube 17 2007061
18 Tube 18 2007048
19 Tube 19 2007049
20 Tube 20 2007050
21 Tube 21 2007070
22 Tube 22 2007071
23 Tube 23 2000676
319
24 Tube 24 2000675
25 Tube 25 2007062
26 Tube 26 2007051
27 Tube 27 2007063
28 Tube 28 2007064
29 Tube 29 2007159
30 Tube 30 2000677
31 Tube 31 2000678
32 Tube 32 2007072
33 Tube 33 2007073
34 Tube 34 2007074
35 Tube 35 2007052
36 Tube 36 2007053
37 Tube 37 2007054
38 Tube 38 2007055
39 Tube 39 2001774
40 Tube 40 2007075
41 Tube 41 2007076
42 Tube 42 2007056
320
321
313
9.5.2 Overall Pipeline Diagram and Spare Part Codes List
(1) List of Connector and Function Parts

Sample Refrigeration Chamber
1 Z1 2008300
Assembly
R2 Reagent Refrigeration Chamber
2 Z2 2001982
-Assembly
R1 Reagent Refrigeration Chamber
3 Z3 2001983
-Assembly
4 Z4 Cooling Water Tank Assembly 2008287
5 Z5 Plug 1009693
6 Z6 Bore Through Connector 1009681
7 Z7 37 Plug 1009694
8 Z8 H 4-way Assembly 1003179
9 Z9 37 Thermostatic Assembly 1003180
10 Z10 Vertical Cooling Device 2002010
11 Z11 37 5-way Assembly 1006919
12 Z12 Water Outflow Connector 1007015
13 Z13 Cold, Hot 5-way Welding Assembly 1006920
14 Z14 Degassing Connector 1009689
Water Tank Gauge Assembly

15 Z15 2008034
(Assembly Component)
16 Z16 High-concentration Tube Plug 1007014
17 Z18 16-8 Adapter 1009695
18 Z19 Plastic Water Tank Assembly Unit 2002233
19 Z20 Square Connector 1009713
20 Z21 Reducing-T-Connector 1020587
21 Z22 Water Inflow Connector 1009686
22 Z23 Transit Tank Assembly 2000414
23 Z24 Vacuum Tank Welding Assembly 2001891
24 Z25 Exhaust Tube Assembly 1006927
25 Z26 Adapter Frame 1003201
26 Z27 Waste Liquid 3-way Assembly 1007006
27 Z29 8-4 Adapter 1009536
322
28 Z30 14-8 Adapter 1009537
29 Z31 Tubular Billet Assembly 1003202
30 Z32 4-2 Adapter 1009680
31 Z34 Plug 1009693
32 Z35 Hot Water 5-way 1004191
33 Z36 8-1.5 Bore Through Connector 1009539
34 Z37 Gear Pump General Connector 1 1003174
35 Z38 Gear Pump General Connector 2 1003177
36 Z39 8-4 Bore Through Connector 1009538
37 Z40 Wire J447 2003400 Pressure Sensor
38 Z41 Syringe Pump Assembly 2002235
39 Z42 1/4-18 Connector 1004977
40 Z43 Sample Probe Assembly 2002245
41 Z44 Syringe Pump Adapter 1009526
42 Z45 Syringe Pump Connector 1009527
43 Z46 Clamp 1008074
44 Z47 Clamp 1008073
46 Z49 8-6 Adapter 1007328
Incubation Bath Assembly

47 Z50 2001978
48 Z51 Cuvette Rinsing Mechanism Unit 2002230
49 Z52 Reagent Probe Assembly R2 2002243
50 Z53 Reagent Probe Assembly R1 2002244
51 Z54 Probe Rinsing Bath 1007477
52 Z56 Mixing Rinsing Bath 1007476
53 Z57 4-1 Bore Through Connector 1009540
54 Z58 4-1.5 Bore Through Connector 1009682
Waste Liquid 5-way-Welding

55 Z59 1006914
Assembly
56 Z60 Detergent Storage Tank Assembly 2002155
323
57 Z61 1009687
Connector
58 Z62 G14-18 Connector 1009552
59 Z63 Degassing Transit Tank-Connector 3 1006926
60 Z64 Degassing Transit Tank-Connector 4 1007163
61 Z65 Pressure Switch Connector 1009683
62 Z66 G18-8 Connector 1009533
63 Z67 G18-8 Seal Connector 1007019
64 Z68 G18-4 Connector 1009534
65 Z69 Threaded Connector 1009541 M6210-6005
66 Z70 Threaded Connector 1009524 M6230-6005
67 Z71 Pressure Regulating Valve 1025475
68 Z72 Quick Connector (male) 1009652
69 Z73 Quick Connector (female) 1009651
70 Z74 Check Valve 1009867
71 Z75 Gear Pump Gauge Assembly 2007968
Alkaline Detergent Liquid Level

72 Z76 Wire J461 2003475
Probe Wire
73 Z77 Wire J443 2003480
Sensor Probe
74 Z78 Wire J809 2000160 Vacuum Tank Liquid Level Switch

Platinum Resistance Sensor in
75 Z79 Wire J450 2003498
Square Water Tank
High, Low Float in Square Water
76 Z80 Wire J442 2003496
Tank
Square Water Tank Middle 450W
77 Z81 Wire J518 Electric Device 2003497
Heating Rod + Thermometer
78 Z82 Degassing Assembly 2001890
79 Z83 Wire J446 2003500 Pressure Switch
80 Z84 Pressure Gauge Connector 1009691 Refer to CS-400-14-04-06-02
81 Z85 Gear Pump Gauge Assembly 2007968 Refer to CS-400-15-08-00
37℃ Thermostatic Temperature

82 Z86 Wire J448 2003493
Sensor
83 Z87 Wire P454 2003510 Wire Float Switch
84 Z88 Wire P453 2003509 Temperature Sensor Assembly
85 Z89 Tank Inlet Connector Assembly 1009684
324
86 Z90 Tank Outlet Connector 1009690
87 Z91 Wire J520 2003491 Gear Pump
37℃ Thermostatic Magnetic Water

88 Z92 Wire J516 2003490
Pump
Square Water Tank Magnetic
89 Z93 Wire J517 2003397
Circulating Pump
Cooling Water Tank Magnetic
90 Z94 Wire P525 2003399
Circulating Pump
91 Z95 Wire J513A 2000368 Vacuum Pump
92 Z96 Wire J426 2003401 R2 Syringe Pump
93 Z97 Wire J432 2003402 R1 Syringe Pump
94 Z98 Wire J435 2003403 S Syringe Pump
95 Z99 Cuvette Rinsing Mechanism Unit 2002230

96 Z100 1027397
Connector
97 B1 T-Connector 1009530
98 B2 Y-Connector 1009532
99 B3 T-Connector 1009531
100 B4 Right Angle Current Reducer 1009586
101 B5 Right Angle Connector 1009598
(2) List of Tubing Spare Parts
1 Tube 1(Finished Product) 1045160
325
326
327
86 Tube 90(Assembly) 2008000
328
329
330
331
9.6 CS-400 Accessories Case Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List
9.6.1 Accessories Case
Accessories Case SAP Code: ——
1 CS-400 Accessories Case Lining-7 1010076

Refer to Accessories Case 2nd
2 Accessories Case 2nd Layer ——
Layer
Refer to Accessories Case 3rd
3 Accessories Case 3rd Layer ——
Layer
4 Accessories Case 4th Layer —— Refer to Accessories Case 4th Layer
5 Accessories Case 5th Layer —— Refer to Accessories Case 5th Layer
6 PVC Reticulated Tube 1009428

CS-400 Accessories Case
8 1009983
Cardboard Box
332
1
333
9.6.1.1 Accessories Case 5th Layer
2 ISE Reagent Bottle and Rack —— Refer to CS-400-23-02-00
3 Standard Cup 1011733 500 pcs/bag
4 ISE Electrode Liquid Collector 1007507
1011766 Yellow
5 Reagent Bottle 1011815 White
1011816 Brown
334
1
335
9.6.1.2 Accessories Case 4th Layer
2 Cuvette 1007581
3 Reagent Bottle Cap 2002188
4 Reagent Bottle Rack 1007623
336
1
337
9.6.1.3 Accessories Case 3rd Layer
2 Communication Data Cable 1014445
3 USB-Serial Cable 1011765
4 Pure Water Inlet Connector 1009686
5 Waste Liquid Outlet Connector 1006928
6 Hoop 1008037
7 Waste Liquid Level Sensor 2003413
Refer to CS-400 Spare Parts Kit

8 CS-400 Spare Parts Kit 1010040
Exploded Drawing
338
1 2 3
4
4
5
6
7
8
339
9.6.1.4 Accessories Case 2nd Layer
2 Installation Acceptance Report 1011459
3 Accessories Case Illustration 1011142
4 Installation CD 1011784
5 Certificate 1034308
6 Operation Procedure 1011095
7 Maintenance Procedure 1011130
8 User Manual 1011515
340
6
5
9
4
8
7 3
341
9.6.2 Spare Parts Kit
1 Spare Parts Kit Cardboard Box 1010040
2 Peltier 1013593
3 Cable Tie 1008101
4 Silicone Tube D15×150 1009386
5 Silicone Tube D22×70 1009380
6 Spare Parts Kit 1011826
7 Probe Unblocking Tool 2000426
8 Cross Screwdriver 1011736
9 Unpacking Tool 1011738
10 Open-end Wrench 1011737
11 Allen Wrench-1.5 1011734
12 Allen Wrench-2.0 1011735
14 Probe Unblocking Needle 1011770
15 Thermal Silicone Grease 4002333
16 T-Connector 1007374
17 Waste Liquid 3-way 1007006
18 G18-8 Connector 1009533
19 Fixing Block 1004336
20 Water Funnel 1011764
21 Check Valve 1009859
22 Screw Cap 1006933
23 G14-8 Connector 1009535
24 Waste Liquid Plug 1007014
25 Lock Nut 1006955
26 Lock Bolt 1006956
342
10 11 12
9 13
8
14
7
15
6
16
5 17
4 18
3 19
2 20
1
26 25 24 23 22 21
343
Chapter 10 Manual revision and change record

Date of Revised
No. Rev. No. Revised Contents
Revision Chapters
1 Fluid circuit diagram 4.2
2 Schematic diagram of reagent 2 board 5.2.5
3 Schematic diagram of cooling water tank 7.2.8
4 Schematic diagram of thermostatic bath liquid level sensor 8.4.5
5 List of consumables is updated 9.1
6 REV.2016-09 2016-09 Explosive view of optical unit 9.4.1
7 Explosive view of lower half of sample probe 9.4.2.3
8 Explosive view of lower half of R1 probe 9.4.3.3
9 Explosive view of lower half of R2 probe 9.4.3.6
10 Explosive view of four-valve assembly 9.4.16.2
11 Accessory case explosive view and list of accessories are updated 9.6.1
12 2.10, 2.11, 2.12 are added ——
13 Tube 144, 145, 146 are deleted 9.5.2
14 Notes are added for sample disk drive motor 9.4.7.4
15 Rubber sleeve and rotary knob are added for 1# sample disk 9.4.7.1
16 Rubber sleeve and rotary knob are added 9.4.8.1
17 Explosive view of sensor assembly CS-400-17-03-00 is added 9.4.13.2
18 6-01 is revised 9.4.16.1
19 Barcode reader assembly SAP code is revised 9.3.10
20 REV.2017-06 2017-06 Notes for three optocouplers are supplemented 9.4.1
21 Figure of barcode reader is added 9.4.8.4
Production of GP1A173LCS2F optocoupler is stopped and
22 ——
technological improvement is carried out
23 Left and right door SAP code is revised 9.4.14.5，6
24 Name of 1-01, 1-02 is changed to water level switch 9.4.11.2
25 Adapter board SAP code is revised 9.3.3
26 Boundary dimensions and weight are supplemented 2.1
27 Definition of diagrams is improved. Chapter 3
The square magnetic contact in explosive view is changed to round
28 9.4.14.1，7
shape.
29 The replacement method of light source lamp is updated. 7.2.3
30 The description of functions of sample bin is updated. 3.4.1
31 The debugging of the Analyzer and the times of ISE check are updated. 2.9（10）
SAP code of valve rack unit and vacuum collecting tank is noted
32 REV.2017-07 2017-07 9.4.9.1
separately.
33 Five-valve assembly SAP code is revised. 9.4.9.3
34 The sequence of figures is adjusted. 1.2
It is suggested to note "Considering the effects of UPS output
35 2.2
reduction" before providing UPS.
344
Date of Revised
No. Rev. No. Revised Contents
Revision Chapters
36 The fluid circuit diagram is updated. 4.2
37 Diagram of ±12V switching power supply is added. 5.1
SAP code is revised according to technological improvement
38 Chapter 9
REV.2018-01 2018-01 CN006451,CN004726
39 "Water Inflow Shaft 1" is added 9.4.9.4
40 Water Cooling Block Assembly Exploded Drawing is supplemented 9.4.10.2
41 The sequence of chapters is adjusted Chapter 6~8
42 Temperature Sensor-shell is supplemented 9.4.10.1
43 List of Easily-worn Parts and Consumables is supplemented 9.1
44 Maintenance Case Spare Parts List is supplemented 9.2
45 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts is supplemented 9.3
46 Vacuum Pump Hood Welding Assembly is supplemented 9.4.9.1
47 REV.2018-11 2018-11 Connection Plate is supplemented 9.4.6.3
48 3.8 Frame body unit is deleted Chapter 3
49 Electrical Frame Body is supplemented 9.4.16.5
50 Power Switch(indicator light)Assembly is supplemented 9.3.9
Halogen Lamp(SAP2001897) is deleted according to technological
51 9.6.2
improvement CN010459
SAP codes of tubes are revised according to technological
52 9.5
improvement CN009748
345

CS-400 Service Manual REV.2018-11 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CS-400 Service Manual REV.2018-11 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Forward

Dirui Company has the final interpretation right of the manual.

After-sales Service Unit

After-sales Service Unit: Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd.

Biological hazards which warn the operator of biological infectivity.

Medical apparatus and instruments for in vitro diagnosis

Attention, refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions

Table 2 Symbols used in manual

Please refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions

● The Analyzer shall be used by professional medical examination personnel or trained

Chapter 10 Manual Revision and Change Record ..................................................................... 344

Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer

1.1 System overview

1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer

Fig. 1-2-1 Front view of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name

1.2.2 Rear view (without shield) of the Analyzer

Fig. 1-2-2 Rear view of the Analyzer

1.2.3 System composition of the Analyzer

Fig. 1-2-3 Components of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name

1.3 Working principle of the Analyzer

Table 1-3-1 Analytic procedure

Take 15-minute reaction time for example.

1.3.2 Photometric Features

Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation

2.1 Installation Requirements

2.1.1 Space Requirements

Figure 2-1-1 Installation Space

2.1.2 Environmental Requirements

2.1.3 Power Requirements

2.1.4 Purified water equipment

2.3 Installation Procedure

ISE waste liquid pipe

ISE waste liquid collector

Waste liquid pipe

Make sure the electrode storage temperature is within 1℃~51℃.

1 Seal ring 2 Seal plug 3 Nut

1 Na electrode packaging (NaREF electrode) 2 Cl electrode packaging

1 K nut 2 Cl nut 3 Cl electrode 4 O-shaped seal ring 5 Na electrode 6 Na nut

1 NaREF electrode tip 2 Cl electrode tip 3 K electrode tip 4 Na electrode tip

2.3.3 Peripheral device connection

Click the “Next” key, the following figure shows:

Click “Next” to finish uninstalling the software.

Click “Finish” to finish uninstalling the software.

2.3.6 Gas, Liquid Path Diagram

2.3.7 System login

“ ” and the following figure will pop up:

Click “Yes” to exit from the software.

2.4 Accessory Devices

Figure 2-4-1 Blank and length

(3)Digit of different barcode types

Sample barcode type Digit

2.4.1.4 Stick requirement

2.4.2 Reagent barcode reader

Barcode Detailed explanation of barcode

Barcode Detailed explanation of barcode

11~14 Bottle code 0001~9999 The XXXXXth bottle

Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules

3.1 Sample/ reagent probe unit

Fig. 3-1-1 Structure of sample/ reagent probe

3.2 Disk and driving mechanism unit

Fig. 3-2-1 Disk driving mechanism